TI OMAP5910JZZG2

OMAP5910
Dual-Core Processor
Data Manual
Literature Number: SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date.
Products conform to specifications per the terms of Texas Instruments
standard warranty. Production processing does not necessarily include
testing of all parameters.
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)
Revision History
REVISION HISTORY
This data sheet revision history highlights the technical changes made to the SPRS197C device-specific data
sheet to make it an SPRS197D revision.
Scope: This document has been reviewed for technical accuracy; the technical content is up-to-date as of the
specified release date and includes the following changes.
PAGE(S)
NO.
All
18 -- 21
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
Removed all references to MMC/SD SPI mode that is no longer supported.
In Table 2--1:
Added footnote for GZG pin V12; “See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with
oscillator circuits.”
Changed GZG pin P9 from “USB0.DP” to “USB.DP”
22 -- 24
In Table 2--2:
Added footnote for GDY pin F6; “See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with
oscillator circuits.”
Changed GDY pin P5 from “USB0.DP” to “USB.DP”
34 -- 46
In Table 2--4:
Added A11, A13, H9, and G9 to list o f VSS Pins
Changed U21 to N16 in the GDY column
Changed USB1.TXEN pin in the GDY column from T6 to P14
Changed LCD.PCLK and LCD.P[15:0] description from “LCD panels” to “LCD panel”
Changed SDRAM.CLK description to include “SDRAM.CLK can also be configured as an input to monitor
skew control.”
Changed STAT_VAL/WKUP description to remove “STAT_VAL/WKUP may be configured via software to function as an
external wake-up signal to the OMAP5910 device to request chip wake-up during sleep modes.”
48
Changed last bullet in Section 3.1
from: LCD controller supporting monochrome panels or STN and TFT color panels
to:
LCD controller supporting monochrome panels (STN) and color panels (STN or TFT)
54
In Section 3.3.4, changed the last sentence in the first paragraph
from: Accessing registers with the incorrect access width may result in unexpected results including a TI Peripheral
Bus (TIPB) bus error and associated TIPB interrupt.
to:
Accessing registers with the incorrect access width may cause unexpected results including a TI Peripheral Bus
(TIPB) bus error and associated TIPB interrupt.
Combined bullets:
64
•
•
Selectable UART/autobauding modes (autobauding on UART1 and UART2)
Auto bauding between 1200bits/s and 115.2K bits/s
To read as follows:
•
Selectable UART/autobauding modes (autobauding on UART1 and UART2) with autobauding between
1200 bits/s and 115.2K bits/s
66
Revised Section 3.11 to removed bulleted list and replace with the following: “The EMIFF Interface provides access to
16-bit-wide access to standard SDRAM memories and the IMIF provides access to the 192K bytes of on-chip SRAM.”
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
3
Revision History
PAGE(S)
NO.
ADDITIONS/CHANGES/DELETIONS
In Section 3.13, removed the following bulleted items:
•
•
•
•
68
Flexible 1D/2D Wavelet Processing (useful for JPEG2000, MPEG4, and other compression standards)
Boundary and Perimeter Computation (useful for Machine Vision applications)
Image Threshold and Histogram Computations (useful for various Image Analysis applications)
72
Revised Table 3--17 to change access width from 32 bit to 16 bit. Changed MPU_READ_TIM_WD address to FFFE:C804
and changed MPU_TIMER_MODE_WD address to FFFE:C808.
120
Revised Section 4.1 and added Figure 4--1, OMAP Device Nomenclature
126
Changed Section 5.6.2, first paragraph, third line from “If the internal oscillator is not used (configured in software), an external clock source must be applied to the OSC1_IN pin and the OSC1_OUT pin must be left unconnected.” to “If the internal oscillator is not used (configured in software using FUNC_MUX_CTRL_B register), an external clock source must be
applied to the OSC1_IN pin and the OSC1_OUT pin must be left unconnected.”
130
Revised Table 5--10
131
Revised Table 5--11
141 -- 142
4
Quantization /Dequantization (useful for JPEG, MPEG, H.26x Encoding/Decoding)
Changed footnote of Table 5--14 from: “P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP1 and 3, or 1/(AMPER_CK clock frequency) in
nanoseconds (ns) for McBSP 2.Base frequency is 12 or 13MHz”. to: “Regardless of whether MCBSP.CLKS is internally or
externally clocked, P = 1/(DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, and P = 1/(AMPER_CK) for McBSP2. See the
OMAP5910 Dual--Core Processor Clock Generation and System Reset Management Reference Guide (literature number
SPRU678) for additional details.”
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Contents
Section
Page
1
OMAP5910 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1
TMS320C55x DSP Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2
TI-Enhanced TI925T RISC Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2
Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3
Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
16
16
17
18
24
34
3
Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1
Functional Block Diagram Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2
MPU Memory Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1
MPU Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2
MPU Subsystem Registers Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3
DSP Memory Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1
DSP Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2
On-Chip Dual-Access RAM (DARAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3
On-Chip Single-Access RAM (SARAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.4
DSP I/O Space Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4
DSP External Memory (Managed by MMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5
MPU and DSP Private Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.1
Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.2
32k Timer (MPU only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.3
Watchdog Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.4
Interrupt Handlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.5
LCD Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6
MPU Public Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.1
USB Host Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.2
USB Function Peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.3
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.4
I2C Master/Slave Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.5
MICROWIRE Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.6
Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.7
HDQ/1-Wire Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.8
Camera Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.9
MPUIO/Keyboard Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.10
Pulse-Width Light (PWL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.11
Pulse-Width Tone (PWT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.12
LED Pulse Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.13
Real-Time Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.14
Frame Adjustment Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7
DSP Public Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.1
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.2
Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
48
50
50
51
52
52
53
53
54
55
57
57
57
57
57
57
58
58
59
59
60
60
60
61
61
61
61
61
62
62
62
62
62
63
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
5
Contents
Section
3.8
Page
Shared Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.1
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.2
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.3
Mailbox Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System DMA Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP DMA Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller (Memory Interfaces) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interprocessor Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.1
MPU/DSP Mailbox Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.2
MPU Interface (MPUI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.3
MPU/DSP Shared Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Hardware Accelerators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13.1
DCT/iDCT Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13.2
Motion Estimation Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13.3
Pixel Interpolation Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Supply Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.14.1
Core and I/O Voltage Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.14.2
Core Voltage Noise Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15.1
MPU Private Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15.2
MPU Public Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.15.3
MPU Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.16.1
DSP Private Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.16.2
DSP Public Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.16.3
DSP Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.16.4
MPU/DSP Shared Peripheral Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU System DMA Request Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP DMA Event Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
63
63
64
64
65
66
66
67
67
67
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
70
71
72
79
88
95
95
101
106
108
113
117
118
4
Documentation Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1
Device and Development Tool Support Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
120
5
Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2
Recommended Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Case Temperature
Range (Unless Otherwise Noted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.4
Package Thermal Resistance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.5
Timing Parameter Symbology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6
Clock Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.1
32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.2
Base Oscillator (12 MHz or 13 MHz) and Input Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.6.3
Internal Clock Speed Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7
Reset Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.1
OMAP5910 Device Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.7.2
OMAP5910 MPU Core Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121
121
122
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
6
SPRS197D
123
124
124
125
125
126
127
128
128
129
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
Section
5.8
Page
External Memory Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.1
EMIFS/Flash Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.8.2
EMIFF/SDRAM Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.9.1
McBSP Transmit and Receive Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.9.2
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Interface Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Controller Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I2C Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Interface Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Interface Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
130
130
137
141
141
145
149
151
152
154
156
157
158
159
6
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
7
Mechanical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
164
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
7
Contents
8
SPRS197D
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
List of Figures
Figure
Page
2--1
2--2
OMAP5910 GZG MicroStar BGA Package (Bottom View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5910 GDY Package (Bottom View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
21
3--1
3--2
3--3
3--4
3--5
3--6
OMAP5910 Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP MMU Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP MMU On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Connections for a Typical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply Connections for a System With 1.8-V SDRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
External RC Circuit for DPLL CVDD Noise Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
55
56
69
70
71
5--1
5--2
5--3
5--4
5--5
5--6
5--7
5--8
5--9
5--10
5--11
5--12
5--13
5--14
5--15
5--16
5--17
5--18
5--19
5--20
5--21
5--22
5--23
5--24
5--25
5--26
5--27
5--28
5--29
Tester Pin Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Oscillator External Crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Input Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal System Oscillator External Crystal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Reset Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Core Reset Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asynchronous Memory Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asynchronous 32-Bit Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asynchronous Read -- Page Mode ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asynchronous Memory Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synchronous Burst Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-Bit (2 x 16-Bit) SDRAM RD (Read) Command (Active Row) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-Bit (2 x 16-Bit) SDRAM WRT (Write) Command (Active Row) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SDRAM ACTV (Activate Row) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SDRAM DCAB (Precharge/Deactivate Row) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SDRAM REFR (Refresh) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SDRAM MRS (Mode Register Set) Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Receive Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Transmit Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI Master Mode Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI Slave Mode Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Interface Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Falling and LCD.Px on Rising LCD.PCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Rising and LCD.Px on Falling LCD.PCLK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Host Command Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
125
126
126
128
129
132
133
134
135
136
138
138
139
139
140
140
144
144
145
146
147
148
150
150
151
152
153
154
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
9
Figures
5--30
5--31
5--32
5--33
5--34
5--35
5--36
5--37
5--38
5--39
10
MMC/SD Card Response Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Host Write Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Host Read and Card CRC Status Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I2C Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Timings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5910 HDQ Interface Reading From HDQ Slave Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5910 HDQ Interface Writing to HDQ Slave Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Typical Communication Between OMAP5910 HDQ and HDQ Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Break (Reset) Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPRS197D
154
155
155
156
157
158
160
160
160
160
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
List of Tables
Table
Page
2--1
2--2
2--3
2--4
GZG BGA Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GDY BGA Terminal Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18
22
25
34
3--1
3--2
3--3
3--4
3--5
3--6
3--7
3--8
3--9
3--10
3--11
3--12
3--13
3--14
3--15
3--16
3--17
3--18
3--19
3--20
3--21
3--22
3--23
3--24
3--25
3--26
3--27
3--28
3--29
3--30
3--31
3--32
3--33
3--34
3--35
3--36
3--37
3--38
3--39
3--40
3--41
OMAP5910 MPU Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Private Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Public Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU/DSP Shared Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Public Peripheral Registers (Accessible via MPUI Port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DARAM Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SARAM Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Private Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Public Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP/MPU Shared Peripheral Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Timer 1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Timer 2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Timer 3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Watchdog Timer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System DMA Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I2C Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Interface Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Function Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Host Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Interface Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU I/O/Keyboard Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PWL Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PWT Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Pulse Generator 1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Pulse Generator 2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32k Timer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Real-Time Clock Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frame Adjustment Counter Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP 5910 Pin Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Bus Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local Bus MMU Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP MMU Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
51
51
51
52
52
52
53
53
54
54
54
54
72
72
72
72
73
74
75
78
80
80
81
81
82
83
85
85
86
86
86
86
86
86
87
87
89
89
90
91
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
11
Tables
Table
Page
3--42
3--43
3--44
3--45
3--46
3--47
3--48
3--49
3--50
3--51
3--52
3--53
3--54
3--55
3--56
3--57
3--58
3--59
3--60
3--61
3--62
3--63
3--64
3--65
3--66
3--67
3--68
3--69
3--70
3--71
3--72
3--73
3--74
3--75
3--76
3--77
MPUI Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TIPB (Public) Bridge 2 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traffic Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Clock/Reset/Power Mode Control Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPLL1 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ultra Low-Power Device Module Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Device Die Identification Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
JTAG Identification Code Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP DMA Controller Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Timer 1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Timer 2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Timer 3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Watchdog Timer Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Interrupt Interface Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP3 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Instruction Cache Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP EMIF Configuration Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Clock Mode Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UART1 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UART2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UART3/IrDA Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU/DSP Shared GPIO Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU/DSP Shared Mailbox Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU Level 1 and Level 2 Interrupt Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Level 1 Interrupt Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP Level 2 Interrupt Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DMA Request Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DSP DMA Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
91
92
92
93
93
93
94
94
94
96
99
99
99
99
99
100
101
102
104
105
106
106
106
107
107
109
110
111
112
112
113
115
116
117
118
5--1
5--2
5--3
5--4
5--5
5--6
5--7
5--8
5--9
Thermal Resistance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Oscillator Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32-kHz Input Clock Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base Oscillator Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal Clock Speed Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5910 Device Reset Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OMAP5910 Device Reset Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU_RST Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPU_RST Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
125
126
127
127
128
128
129
129
12
SPRS197D
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
Table
5--10
5--11
5--12
5--13
5--14
5--15
5--16
5--17
5--18
5--19
5--20
5--21
5--22
5--23
5--24
5--25
5--26
5--27
5--28
5--29
5--30
5--31
5--32
5--33
5--34
5--35
Page
EMIFS/Flash Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFS/Flash Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMIFF/SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0) . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . . . . .
McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1) . . . . . . .
MCSI Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCSI Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camera Interface Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Controller Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MMC/SD Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I2C Signals (I2C.SDA and I2C.SCL) Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MICROWIRE Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Timing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDQ/1-Wire Switching Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
130
131
137
137
141
143
145
145
146
146
147
147
148
148
149
149
151
152
154
154
156
157
158
158
159
159
13
Tables
14
SPRS197D
August 2002 - Revised August 2004
Features
1
OMAP5910 Features
D Low-Power, High-Performance CMOS
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Technology
-- 0.13-μm Technology
-- 1.6-V Core Voltage
TI925T (MPU) ARM9TDMI™ Core
-- Support 32-Bit and 16-Bit (Thumb®
Mode) Instruction Sets
-- 16K-Byte Instruction Cache
-- 8K-Byte Data Cache
-- Data and Program Memory Management
Units (MMUs)
-- Two 64-Entry Translation Look-Aside
Buffers (TLBs) for MMUs
-- 17-Word Write Buffer
TMS320C55x™ (C55x™) DSP Core
-- One/Two Instructions Executed per Cycle
-- Dual Multipliers (Two MultiplyAccumulates per Cycle)
-- Two Arithmetic/Logic Units
-- One Internal Program Bus
-- Five Internal Data/Operand Buses
(3 Read Buses and 2 Write Buses)
-- 32K x 16-Bit On-Chip Dual-Access RAM
(DARAM) (64K Bytes)
-- 48K x 16-Bit On-Chip Single-Access RAM
(SARAM) (96K Bytes)
-- 16K x 16-Bit On-Chip ROM (32K Bytes)
-- Instruction Cache (24K Bytes)
-- Video Hardware Accelerators for DCT,
iDCT, Pixel Interpolation, and Motion
Estimation for Video Compression
192K Bytes of Shared Internal SRAM
Memory Traffic Controller (TC)
-- 16-Bit EMIFS External Memory Interface
to Access up to 128M Bytes of Flash,
ROM, or ASRAM
-- 16-Bit EMIFF External Memory Interface
to Access up to 64M Bytes of SDRAM
9-Channel System DMA Controller
DSP Memory Management Unit
Endianism Conversion Logic
Digital Phase-Locked Loop (DPLL) for
MPU/DSP/TC Clocking Control
D DSP Peripherals
-----
D
D
D
D
D
D
Three 32-Bit Timers and Watchdog Timer
Level1/Level2 Interrupt Handlers
Six-Channel DMA Controller
Two Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports
(McBSP)
-- Two Multichannel Serial Interfaces
(MCSI)
TI925T Peripherals
-- Three 32-Bit Timers and Watchdog Timer
-- 32-kHz Timer
-- Level1/Level2 Interrupt Handlers
-- USB (Full/Low Speed) Host Interface
With up to 3 Ports
-- USB (Full Speed) Function Interface
-- One Integrated USB Transceiver for
Either Host or Function
-- Multichannel Buffered Serial Port
-- Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Master and
Slave Interface
-- MICROWIRE™ Serial Interface
-- Multimedia Card (MMC) and Secure
Digital (SD) Interface
-- HDQ/1-Wire® Interface
-- Camera Interface for CMOS Sensors
-- ETM9 Trace Module for TI925T Debug
-- Keyboard Matrix Interface (6 x 5 or 8 x 8)
-- Up to Ten MPU General-Purpose I/Os
-- Pulse-Width Tone (PWT) Interface
-- Pulse-Width Light (PWL) Interface
-- Two LED Pulse Generators (LPGs)
-- Real-Time Clock (RTC)
-- LCD Controller With Dedicated System
DMA Channel
Shared Peripherals
-- Three Universal Asynchronous
Receiver/Transmitters (UARTs) (One
Supporting SIR Mode for IrDA)
-- Four Interprocessor Mailboxes
-- Up to 14 Shared General-Purpose I/Os
Individual Power-Saving Modes for
MPU/DSP/TC
On-Chip Scan-Based Emulation Logic
IEEE Std 1149.1† (JTAG) Boundary Scan
Logic
Two 289-Ball Ball Grid Array Package
Options (GZG and GDY Suffixes)
TMS320C55x and C55x are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
ARM9TDMI is a trademark of ARM Limited.
Thumb is a registered trademark of ARM Limited.
MICROWIRE is a trademark of National Semiconductor Corporation.
1-Wire is a registered trademark of Dallas Semiconductor Corporation.
† IEEE Standard 1149.1-1990 Standard Test-Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
15
Introduction
2
Introduction
This section describes the main features of the OMAP5910 device, lists the terminal assignments, and
describes the function of each terminal. This data manual also provides a detailed description section,
electrical specifications, parameter measurement information, and mechanical data about the available
packaging.
2.1
Description
The OMAP5910 is a highly integrated hardware and software platform, designed to meet the application
processing needs of next-generation embedded devices.
The OMAP™ platform enables OEMs and ODMs to quickly bring to market devices featuring rich user
interfaces, high processing performance, and long battery life through the maximum flexibility of a fully
integrated mixed processor solution.
The dual-core architecture provides benefits of both DSP and RISC technologies, incorporating a
TMS320C55x DSP core and a high-performance TI925T ARM core.
The OMAP5910 device is designed to run leading open and embedded RISC-based operating systems, as
well as the Texas Instruments (TI) DSP/BIOS™ software kernel foundation, and is available in a 289-ball
MicroStar BGA™ package.
The OMAP5910 is targeted at the following applications:
•
•
Applications processing devices
Mobile communications
------
•
•
•
•
•
•
802.11
Bluetooth™ wireless technology
GSM (including GPRS and EDGE)
CDMA
Proprietary government and other
Video and image processing (MPEG4, JPEG, Windows® Media Video, etc.)
Advanced speech applications (text-to-speech, speech recognition)
Audio processing (MPEG-1 Audio Layer3 [MP3], AMR, WMA, AAC, and other GSM speech codecs)
Graphics and video acceleration
Generalized web access
Data processing (fax, encryption/decryption, authentication, signature verification and watermarking)
2.1.1 TMS320C55x DSP Core
The DSP core of the OMAP5910 device is based on the TMS320C55x DSP generation CPU processor core.
The C55x DSP architecture achieves high performance and low power through increased parallelism and total
focus on reduction in power dissipation. The CPU supports an internal bus structure composed of one program
bus, three data read buses, two data write buses, and additional buses dedicated to peripheral and DMA
activity. These buses provide the ability to perform up to three data reads and two data writes in a single cycle.
In parallel, the DMA controller can perform up to two data transfers per cycle independent of the CPU activity.
OMAP, DSP/BIOS, and MicroStar BGA are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
16
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
The C55x CPU provides two multiply-accumulate (MAC) units, each capable of 17-bit x 17-bit multiplication
in a single cycle. A central 40-bit arithmetic/logic unit (ALU) is supported by an additional 16-bit ALU. Use of
the ALUs is under instruction set control, providing the ability to optimize parallel activity and power
consumption. These resources are managed in the address unit (AU) and data unit (DU) of the C55x CPU.
The C55x DSP generation supports a variable byte width instruction set for improved code density. The
instruction unit (IU) performs 32-bit program fetches from internal or external memory and queues instructions
for the program unit (PU). The program unit decodes the instructions, directs tasks to AU and DU resources,
and manages the fully protected pipeline. Predictive branching capability avoids pipeline flushes on execution
of conditional instructions. The OMAP5910 DSP core also includes a 24K-byte instruction cache to minimize
external memory accesses, improving data throughput and conserving system power.
2.1.1.1
DSP Tools Support
The 55x DSP core is supported by the industry’s leading eXpressDSP™ software environment including the
Code Composer Studio™ integrated development environment, DSP/BIOS software kernel foundation, the
TMS320™ DSP Algorithm Standard, and the industry’s largest third-party network. Code Composer Studio
features code generation tools including a C-Compiler, Visual Linker, simulator, Real-Time Data Exchange
(RTDX™), XDS510™ emulation device drivers, and Chip Support Libraries (CSL). DSP/BIOS is a scalable
real-time software foundation available for no cost to users of Texas Instruments’ DSP products providing a
preemptive task scheduler and real-time analysis capabilities with very low memory and megahertz overhead.
The TMS320 DSP Algorithm Standard is a specification of coding conventions allowing fast integration of
algorithms from different teams, sites, or third parties into the application framework. Texas Instruments’
extensive DSP third-party network of over 400 providers brings focused competencies and complete solutions
to customers.
2.1.1.2
DSP Software Support
Texas Instruments has also developed foundation software available for the 55x DSP core. The C55x DSP
Library (DSPLIB) features over 50 C-callable software kernels (FIR/IIR filters, Fast Fourier Transforms (FFTs),
and various computational functions). The DSP Image/Video Processing Library (IMGLIB) contains over
20 software kernels highly optimized for C55x DSPs and is compiled with the latest revision of the C55x DSP
code generation tools. These imaging functions support a wide range of applications that include
compression, video processing, machine vision, and medical imaging.
2.1.2 TI-Enhanced TI925T RISC Processor
The MPU core is a TI925T reduced instruction set computer (RISC) processor. The TI925T is a 32-bit
processor core that performs 32-bit or 16-bit instructions and processes 32-bit, 16-bit, or 8-bit data. The core
uses pipelining so that all parts of the processor and memory system can operate continuously.
The MPU core incorporates:
•
A coprocessor 15 (CP15) and protection module
•
Data and program Memory Management Units (MMUs) with table look-aside buffers.
•
A separate 16K-byte instruction cache and 8K-byte data cache. Both are two-way associative with virtual
index virtual tag (VIVT).
•
A 17-word write buffer (WB)
The OMAP5910 device uses the TI925T core in little endian mode only.
To reduce effective memory access time, the TI925T has an instruction cache, a data cache, and a write buffer.
In general, these are transparent to program execution.
eXpressDSP, Code Composer Studio, TMS320, RTDX, and XDS510 are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
17
Introduction
2.2
Terminal Assignments
Figure 2--1 illustrates the ball locations for the 289-ball GZG ball grid array (BGA) package and is used in
conjunction with Table 2--1 to locate signal names and ball grid numbers. GZG BGA ball numbers in Table 2--1
are read from left-to-right, top-to-bottom.
Y
V
T
P
M
K
H
F
D
B
AA
W
U
R
N
L
J
G
E
C
A
1
3
2
5
4
7
6
9 11 13 15 17 19 21
8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Figure 2--1. OMAP5910 GZG MicroStar BGA™ Package (Bottom View)
In Table 2--1, signals with multiplexed functions are separated with forward slashes as follows:
•
signal1/signal2/signal3 (for example, GPIO11/HDQ)
Signals which are associated with specific peripherals are denoted by using the peripheral name, followed
by a period, and then the signal name; as follows:
•
peripheral1.signal1 (for example, MCBSP1.DR)
Table 2--1. GZG BGA Terminal Assignments
GZG
BGA
BALL #
†
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
A1
DVDD4
A2
A7
DVDD4
A9
SDRAM.RAS
A3
CVDD
A11
CVDD1
A5
DVDD4
VSS
A13
A15
DVDD1
A17
LCD.P[13]
A19
VSS
DVDD1
A20
LCD.P[5]
A21
B4
VSS
B1
VSS
SDRAM.D[13]
B5
VSS
B2
VSS
B3
SDRAM.DQML
B6
SDRAM.D[8]
B7
B8
SDRAM.D[4]
B9
VSS
SDRAM.D[0]
B10
DVDD4
B12
DVDD4
B13
CVDD3
B17
LCD.P[11]
B14
SDRAM.A[0]
B15
LCD.AC
B16
VSS
B18
VSS
B19
LCD.P[6]
B20
CVDD3
B21
LCD.P[1]
C4
SDRAM.D[14]
C1
FLASH.A[3]
C2
DVDD5
C3
SDRAM.WE
C5
SDRAM.D[11]
C6
SDRAM.D[9]
C7
SDRAM.D[6]
C8
C12
SDRAM.D[2]
C9
SDRAM.CLK
C10
SDRAM.BA[0]
C11
SDRAM.A[10]
SDRAM.A[7]
C13
SDRAM.A[4]
C14
SDRAM.A[1]
C15
LCD.PCLK
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
MicroStar BGA is a trademark of Texas Instruments.
18
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--1. GZG BGA Terminal Assignments (Continued)
†
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
C16
LCD.P[14]
C17
LCD.P[10]
C18
LCD.P[7]
C19
LCD.P[2]
C20
KB.C[5]
C21
KB.C[4]
D2
FLASH.A[5]
D3
FLASH.A[2]
D4
SDRAM.DQMU
D5
SDRAM.D[15]
D6
SDRAM.D[12]
D7
SDRAM.D[7]
D8
SDRAM.D[5]
D9
SDRAM.CKE
D10
SDRAM.BA[1]
D11
SDRAM.A[9]
D12
SDRAM.A[6]
D13
SDRAM.A[3]
D14
LCD.VS
D15
LCD.P[15]
D16
LCD.P[9]
D17
LCD.P[8]
D18
LCD.P[0]
D19
KB.C[2]
D20
KB.C[1]
E1
DVDD5
E2
VSS
E3
FLASH.A[7]
E4
FLASH.A[4]
E5
RSVD
E18
KB.C[3]
E19
KB.R[4]
E20
KB.R[3]
E21
DVDD1
F2
CVDD
F3
FLASH.A[9]
F4
FLASH.A[6]
F18
KB.C[0]
F19
KB.R[1]
F20
VSS
G1
VSS
G2
FLASH.A[12]
G3
FLASH.A[11]
G4
FLASH.A[10]
G8
SDRAM.D[3]
G9
SDRAM.D[1]
G10
SDRAM.A[12]
G11
SDRAM.A[8]
G12
SDRAM.A[2]
G13
LCD.P[12]
G14
LCD.P[3]
G18
KB.R[0]
G19
PWRON_RESET
G20
MCBSP1.CLKS
G21
MCBSP1.CLKX
H2
DVDD5
SDRAM.D[10]
H3
FLASH.A[15]
H4
FLASH.A[14]
H7
FLASH.RDY
H8
H9
SDRAM.CAS
H10
SDRAM.A[11]
H11
SDRAM.A[5]
H12
LCD.HS
H18
MCBSP1.DX/
MCBSP1.FSX
H13
LCD.P[4]
H14
KB.R[2]
H15
MCBSP1.FSX/
MCBSP1.DX
H19
CAM.EXCLK/
ETM.SYNC/
UWIRE.SDO
H20
MCBSP1.DR
J1
FLASH.A[20]
J2
FLASH.A[17]
J3
FLASH.A[19]
J4
FLASH.A[18]
J7
FLASH.A[8]
J8
FLASH.A[1]
J14
CAM.D[5]/
ETM.D[5]/
UWIRE.SDI
J15
CAM.LCLK/
ETM.CLK/
UWIRE.SCLK
J18
CAM.D[7]/
ETM.D[7]/
UWIRE.CS0
J19
CAM.D[6]/
ETM.D[6]/
UWIRE.CS3
J20
VSS
J21
CVDD3
K2
VSS
K3
FLASH.A[23]
K4
FLASH.A[22]
K7
FLASH.A[16]
K8
FLASH.A[13]
K14
CAM.D[1]/ETM.D[1]/
UART3.RTS
K15
CAM.D[2]/
ETM.D[2]/
UART3.CTS
K18
CAM.D[4]/
ETM.D[4]/
UART3.TX
K19
CAM.D[3]/
ETM.D[3]/
UART3.RX
K20
VSS
L1
DVDD5
L3
FLASH.BE[0]
L4
FLASH.ADV
L7
FLASH.A[24]
L18
CAM.VS/
ETM.PSTAT[2]
L8
FLASH.A[21]
L14
UART3.RX/PWL/
UART2.RX
L15
CAM.HS/
ETM.PSTAT[1]/
UART2.CTS
L19
CAM.D[0]/
ETM.D[0]/
MPUIO12
L21
DVDD1
M2
CVDD4
M3
FLASH.CS1
M4
FLASH.CS2/
FLASH.BAA
M7
FLASH.CS0
M8
FLASH.BE[1]
M14
GPIO2/
SPI.CLK
M15
GPIO7/
MMC.DAT2
M18
UART3.TX/
PWT/
UART2.TX
M19
CAM.RSTZ/
ETM.PSTAT[0]/
UART2.RTS
M20
GPIO15/
KB.R[7]
N1
VSS
N2
FLASH.D[1]
N3
FLASH.CLK
N4
FLASH.D[0]
N15
MPUIO2/
EXT_DMA_REQ0
N7
FLASH.D[2]
N8
FLASH.CS3
N14
UWIRE.CS0/
MCBSP3.CLKX
N18
GPIO12/
MCBSP3.FSX
N19
GPIO13/
KB.R[5]
N20
GPIO11/
HDQ
N21
GPIO14/
KB.R[6]
P2
FLASH.D[3]
P3
DVDD5
P4
FLASH.D[4]
P7
FLASH.D[5]
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
19
Introduction
Table 2--1. GZG BGA Terminal Assignments (Continued)
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
P8
FLASH.D[11]
P9
USB.DP
P10
MCBSP2.DR/
MCBSP2.DX
P11
MMC.CMD/SPI.DO
P12
CVDD
P13
CLK32K_IN
P14
RST_HOST_OUT/
MCBSP3.DX/
USB1.SE0
P15
UWIRE.CS3/
KB.C[6]
P18
GPIO3/
SPI.CS3/
MCBSP3.FSX/LED1
P19
GPIO6/
SPI.CS1/
MCBSP3.FSX
P20
GPIO4/
SPI.CS2/
MCBSP3.FSX
R1
DVDD5
R2
FLASH.D[6]
R3
FLASH.D[7]
R4
FLASH.D[8]
R8
USB.DM
R9
UART2.RX/
USB2.VM
R10
MCLKREQ/EXT_
MASTER_REQ
R11
MMC.DAT0/SPI.DI
R12
OSC32K_OUT
R13
BCLKREQ/
UART3.CTS/
UART1.DSR
R14
UART1.CTS
R18
GPIO0/
SPI.RDY/
USB.VBUS
R19
GPIO1/
UART3.RTS
R20
CVDD3
R21
VSS
T2
FLASH.D[9]
T3
FLASH.D[10]
T20
MPUIO5/
LOW_PWR
†
20
T4
FLASH.D[14]
T18
I2C.SCL
T19
MPUIO4/
EXT_DMA_REQ1/
LED2
U1
FLASH.D[12]
U2
VSS
U3
FLASH.D[13]
U4
FLASH.OE
U18
UWIRE.SDI/
UART3.DSR/
UART1.DSR/
MCBSP3.DR
U19
MPUIO1
U20
VSS
U21
DVDD1
V2
DVDD5
V3
FLASH.D[15]
V4
FLASH.WP
V5
VSS
V6
UART2.TX/
USB2.TXD
V7
MCBSP2.CLKR/
GPIO11
V8
MPUIO3
V9
MCSI2.SYNC/
GPIO7
V10
MMC.DAT1/
MPUIO7
V11
MMC.CLK
V12†
VSS
V13
MCSI1.SYNC/
USB1.VP
V14
UART1.RX
V15
MPU_RST
V16
EMU0
V17
TMS
V20
I2C.SDA
W1
FLASH.RP
V18
CONF
V19
UWIRE.SCLK/
KB.C[7]
W2
FLASH.WE
W3
OSC1_OUT
W4
USB.PUEN/
USB.CLKO
W5
UART2.RTS/
USB2.SE0/
MPUIO5
W6
MCBSP2.FSR/
GPIO12
W7
MCBSP2.FSX
W8
GPIO9
W9
MCSI2.DOUT/
USB2.TXEN
W10
MMC.DAT2/
MPUIO11
W11
MMC.DAT3/
MPUIO6
W12
OSC32K_IN
W13
MCSI1.DIN/
USB1.RCV
W14
MCSI1.DOUT/
USB1.TXD
W15
RST_OUT
W16
MCBSP3.CLKX/
USB1.TXEN
W17
EMU1
W18
TCK
W19
BFAIL/
EXT_FIQ
W20
VSS
W21
UWIRE.SDO/
UART3.DTR/
UART1.DTR/
MCBSP3.DX
Y1
CVDD2
Y2
OSC1_IN
Y3
VSS
Y4
UART2.BCLK
Y5
UART2.CTS/
USB2.RCV/
GPIO7
Y6
MCBSP2.CLKX
Y7
DVDD3
Y8
GPIO8
Y9
MCLK
Y10
MCSI2.CLK/
USB2.SUSP
Y12
CLK32K_OUT/
MPUIO0/
USB1.SPEED
Y13
BCLK/
UART3.RTS/
UART1.DTR
Y14
UART1.TX
Y15
VSS
Y16
DVDD1
Y17
STAT_VAL/
WKUP
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--1. GZG BGA Terminal Assignments (Continued)
†
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GZG
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
Y18
TRST
Y19
TDI
Y20
CVDD
Y21
CVDDA
AA1
VSS
AA2
DVDD2
AA3
CVDD2
AA5
MCBSP2.DX/
MCBSP2.DR
AA7
VSS
AA9
MCSI2.DIN/
USB2.VP
AA11
DVDD1
AA13
MCSI1.CLK/
USB1.VM
AA15
UART1.RTS
AA17
MPU_BOOT/
MCBSP3.DR/
USB1.SUSP
AA19
TDO
AA20
CLK32K_CTRL
AA21
VSS
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
Figure 2--2 illustrates the ball locations for the 289-ball GDY ball grid array (BGA) package and is used in
conjunction with Table 2--1 to locate signal names and ball grid numbers. GDY BGA ball numbers in
Figure 2--2 are read from left-to-right, top-to-bottom.
U
T
R
P
N
M
L
K
J
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Bottom View
NOTE: The GDY package has not been released to production.
Figure 2--2. OMAP5910 GDY Package (Bottom View)
In Table 2--2, signals with multiplexed functions are separated with forward slashes as follows:
•
signal1/signal2/signal3 (for example, GPIO11/HDQ)
Signals which are associated with specific peripherals are denoted by using the peripheral name, followed
by a period, and then the signal name; as follows:
•
peripheral1.signal1 (for example, MCBSP1.DR)
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
21
Introduction
Table 2--2. GDY BGA Terminal Assignments
GDY
BGA
BALL #
†
22
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
A1
SDRAM.WE
A2
SDRAM.DQMU
A5
DVDD4
A6
SDRAM.D[0]
A3
SDRAM.D[9]
A4
SDRAM.D[6]
A7
SDRAM.CLK
A8
SDRAM.A[9]
A9
SDRAM.A[5]
A10
SDRAM.A[1]
A13
LCD.P[9]
A14
DVDD1
A11
LCD.AC
A12
LCD.PCLK
A15
LCD.P[6]
A16
LCD.P[3]
A17
KB.C[5]
B1
FLASH.A[1]
B4
SDRAM.D[12]
B5
SDRAM.D[11]
B2
SDRAM.DQML
B3
CVDD1
B6
SDRAM.D[5]
B7
SDRAM.D[2]
B8
SDRAM.BA[0]
B9
SDRAM.A[11]
B10
SDRAM.A[2]
B11
SDRAM.A[0]
B12
LCD.P[13]
B16
LCD.P[0]
B13
LCD.P[11]
B14
LCD.P[7]
B15
LCD.P[4]
B17
KB.C[3]
C1
FLASH.A[3]
C2
FLASH.A[4]
C3
FLASH.RDY
C7
SDRAM.D[3]
C4
SDRAM.RAS
C5
SDRAM.D[14]
C6
SDRAM.D[10]
C8
SDRAM.A[12]
C9
SDRAM.BA[1]
C10
SDRAM.A[8]
C11
SDRAM.A[3]
C15
LCD.P[5]
C12
DVDD1
C13
LCD.P[14]
C14
LCD.P[8]
C16
LCD.P[1]
C17
KB.C[0]
D1
DVDD5
D2
FLASH.A[7]
D6
SDRAM.D[7]
D3
DVDD4
D4
SDRAM.D[15]
D5
DVDD4
D7
SDRAM.CKE
D8
DVDD4
D9
SDRAM.A[6]
D10
SDRAM.A[4]
D11
LCD.VS
D12
LCD.P[15]
D13
KB.R[0]
D14
KB.R[1]
D15
LCD.P[2]
D16
KB.C[4]
D17
KB.R[4]
E1
FLASH.A[12]
E2
CVDD
E3
FLASH.A[5]
E4
FLASH.A[6]
E5
VSS
E6
SDRAM.D[8]
E7
SDRAM.D[1]
E8
CVDD
E9
SDRAM.A[10]
E10
DVDD4
E11
LCD.HS
E12
LCD.P[10]
E13
VSS
E14
DVDD1
E15
KB.C[2]
E16
KB.C[1]
E17
KB.R[3]
F1
DVDD5
F2
FLASH.A[11]
F3
FLASH.A[9]
F4
FLASH.A[10]
F5
FLASH.A[8]
F6†
VSS
F7
SDRAM.D[4]
F8
SDRAM.CAS
F9
SDRAM.A[7]
F10
CVDD3
F11
LCD.P[12]
F12
VSS
F13
MCBSP1.CLKS
F14
PWRON_RESET
F15
KB.R[2]
F16
MCBSP1.FSX/
MCBSP1.DX
F17
MCBSP1.DX/
MCBSP1.FSX
G1
FLASH.A[16]
G2
FLASH.A[17]
G3
FLASH.A[14]
G4
FLASH.A[13]
G5
FLASH.A[15]
G6
FLASH.A[2]
G7
VSS
G8
SDRAM.D[13]
G9
VSS
G10
CVDD3
G11
VSS
G12
CAM.D[6]/
ETM.D[6]/
UWIRE.CS3
G13
CAM.EXCLK/
ETM.SYNC/
UWIRE.SDO
G14
CAM.D[7]/
ETM.D[7]/
UWIRE.CS0
G15
MCBSP1.CLKX
G16
MCBSP1.DR
G17
CAM.D[3]/
ETM.D[3]/
UART3.RX
H1
FLASH.ADV
H2
FLASH.A[20]
H3
FLASH.A[18]
H4
FLASH.A[19]
H5
FLASH.A[21]
H6
FLASH.A[22]
H7
DVDD5
H8
VSS
H9
VSS
H13
DVDD1
H10
VSS
H11
CVDD3
H12
UART3.RX/PWL/
UART2.RX
H14
CAM.D[1]/ETM.D[1]/
UART3.RTS
H15
CAM.LCLK/
ETM.CLK/
UWIRE.SCLK
H16
CAM.D[5]/
ETM.D[5]/
UWIRE.SDI
H17
CAM.D[2]/
ETM.D[2]/
UART3.CTS
J1
FLASH.BE[1]
J2
FLASH.CS0
J3
FLASH.A[24]
J4
FLASH.A[23]
J5
FLASH.BE[0]
J6
VSS
J7
VSS
J8
VSS
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--2. GDY BGA Terminal Assignments (Continued)
GDY
BGA
BALL #
†
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
J9
VSS
J13
UART3.TX/
PWT/
UART2.TX
J10
VSS
J14
CAM.RSTZ/
ETM.PSTAT[0]/
UART2.RTS
J11
VSS
J12
VSS
J15
CAM.D[4]/
ETM.D[4]/
UART3.TX
J16
CAM.D[0]/
ETM.D[0]/
MPUIO12
J17
CAM.VS/
ETM.PSTAT[2]
K1
FLASH.CS1
K2
CVDD4
K3
FLASH.D[1]
K4
FLASH.CLK
K5
FLASH.CS2/
FLASH.BAA
K6
DVDD5
K7
CVDD2
K8
VSS
K12
GPIO3/
SPI.CS3/
MCBSP3.FSX/LED1
K9
VSS
K10
VSS
K11
CVDD3
K13
GPIO6/
SPI.CS1/
MCBSP3.FSX
K14
GPIO13/
KB.R[5]
K15
CAM.HS/
ETM.PSTAT[1]/
UART2.CTS
K16
GPIO15/
KB.R[7]
K17
GPIO14/
KB.R[6]
L1
FLASH.CS3
L2
DVDD5
L3
DVDD5
L4
FLASH.D[2]
L5
FLASH.D[0]
L6
FLASH.D[3]
L7
VSS
L8
CVDD2
L9
VSS
L10
BCLKREQ/
UART3.CTS/
UART1.DSR
L11
VSS
L12
UWIRE.CS3/
KB.C[6]
L13
MPUIO5/
LOW_PWR
L14
GPIO4/
SPI.CS2/
MCBSP3.FSX
L15
GPIO12/
MCBSP3.FSX
L16
GPIO11/
HDQ
L17
GPIO7/
MMC.DAT2
M1
FLASH.D[4]
M2
FLASH.D[5]
M3
FLASH.D[11]
M4
FLASH.D[6]
M5
FLASH.D[7]
M8
GPIO9
M9
MMC.DAT1/
MPUIO7
SIGNAL
M6
VSS
M7
UART2.RX/
USB2.VM
M10
UART1.CTS
M11
RST_OUT
M12
VSS
M13
UWIRE.SCLK/
KB.C[7]
M14
MPUIO1
M15
GPIO2/
SPI.CLK
M16
GPIO0/
SPI.RDY/
USB.VBUS
M17
GPIO1/
UART3.RTS
N1
FLASH.D[9]
N2
FLASH.D[13]
N3
FLASH.OE
N4
FLASH.D[8]
N7
DVDD3
N8
MCLKREQ/
EXT_MASTER_REQ
N5
VSS
N6
UART2.CTS/
USB2.RCV/
GPIO7
N9
CLK32K_IN
N10
CLK32K_OUT/
MPUIO0/
USB1.SPEED
N11
RSVD
N12
MCSI1.DOUT/
USB1.TXD
N13
VSS
N14
I2C.SDA
N15
MPUIO4/
EXT_DMA_REQ1/
LED2
N16
DVDD1
N17
MPUIO2/
EXT_DMA_REQ0
P1
FLASH.D[10]
P2
FLASH.WE
P3
OSC1_OUT
P4
USB.DM
P5
USB.DP
P6
MCBSP2.FSR/
GPIO12
P7
MPUIO3
P8
MCSI2.DIN/
USB2.VP
P9
DVDD1
P10
CVDD
P11
BCLK/
UART3.RTS/
UART1.DTR
P12
MPU_RST
P13
UART1.TX
P14
MCBSP3.CLKX/
USB1.TXEN
P15
I2C.SCL
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
23
Introduction
Table 2--2. GDY BGA Terminal Assignments (Continued)
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
GDY
BGA
BALL #
SIGNAL
P16
UWIRE.SDO/
UART3.DTR/
UART1.DTR/
MCBSP3.DX
P17
UWIRE.SDI/
UART3.DSR/
UART1.DSR/
MCBSP3.DR
R1
FLASH.D[12]
R2
OSC1_IN
R3
FLASH.WP
R4
UART2.TX/
USB2.TXD
R5
MCBSP2.DX/
MCBSP2.DR
R6
MCBSP2.DR/
MCBSP2.DX
R7
MCSI2.SYNC/
GPIO7
R8
MMC.DAT2/
MPUIO11
R9
MMC.DAT3/
MPUIO6
R10
MCSI1.DIN/
USB1.RCV
R11
UART1.RX
R12
MPU_BOOT/
MCBSP3.DR/
USB1.SUSP
R13
TMS
R14
BFAIL/
EXT_FIQ
R15
CVDDA
R16
UWIRE.CS0/
MCBSP3.CLKX
R17
EMU0
T1
FLASH.D[14]
T2
FLASH.RP
T3
USB.PUEN/
USB.CLKO
T4
UART2.BCLK
T5
MCBSP2.CLKR/
GPIO11
T6
MCBSP2.FSX
T7
MCSI2.DOUT/
USB2.TXEN
T8
MCSI2.CLK/
USB2.SUSP
T9
OSC32K_OUT
T10
OSC32K_IN
T11
MCSI1.SYNC/
USB1.VP
T12
DVDD1
T13
EMU1
T14
TCK
T15
CLK32K_CTRL
T16
CONF
T17
CVDD
U1
DVDD5
U2
FLASH.D[15]
U3
DVDD2
U4
UART2.RTS/
USB2.SE0/
MPUIO5
U5
MCBSP2.CLKX
U6
GPIO8
U7
MCLK
U8
MMC.CMD/SPI.DO
U12
UART1.RTS
U16
TDO
†
U9
MMC.DAT0/SPI.DI
U10
MMC.CLK
U11
MCSI1.CLK/
USB1.VM
U13
RST_HOST_OUT/
MCBSP3.DX/
USB1.SE0
U14
STAT_VAL/
WKUP
U15
TRST
U17
TDI
See Section 5.6.1 and Section 5.6.2 for special VSS considerations with ocillator circuits.
2.3
Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing
Table 2--3 describes terminal characteristics and the signals multiplexed on each ball. The table column
headers are explained below:
24
•
SIGNAL NAME: The names of all the signals that are multiplexed on each ball.
•
TYPE: The terminal type when a particular signal is multiplexed on the terminal.
•
MUX CTRL SETTING: The register field that controls multiplexing on the terminal and the proper register
field setting necessary to select the signal to be multiplexed on the terminal. The reset values of these
register fields are indicated in bold type.
•
DESELECTED INPUT STATE: The logic level internally driven to the signal when it is not selected to be
multiplexed on the corresponding terminal.
•
PULLUP/PULLDN: Denotes the presence of an internal pullup or pulldown. Pullups and pulldowns can
be enabled or disabled via software.
•
BUFFER STRENGTH: Drive strength of the associated output buffer.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
•
OTHER: Contains various terminal information, such as buffer type, boundary scan capability, and
gating/inhibit functionality. Certain terminals may be gated or 3-stated based on the state of other
terminals and/or software configuration register settings.
•
RESET STATE: The state of the terminal at reset.
•
SUPPLY: The voltage supply which powers the terminal’s I/O buffers.
NOTE: Due to the extensive pin multiplexing options which are available on the OMAP5910
device, a software utility is available to ease the process of configuring the pins based on the
peripheral set required by a specific application. The 5910 OMAP Pin Configuration Utility is
currently available from Texas Instruments.
NOTE: Configuring two pins to the same input signal is not supported as it can yield unexpected
results. This can be easily avoided with proper software configuration.
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
C3
A1
SDRAM.WE
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD4
A2
C4
SDRAM.RAS
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD4
D4
A2
SDRAM.DQMU
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD4
B3
B2
SDRAM.DQML
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD4
D5
C4
B4
D6
C5
H8
C6
B6
D7
C7
D8
B8
G8
C8
G9
B9
D4
C5
G8
B4
B5
C6
A3
E6
D6
A4
B6
F7
C7
B7
E7
A6
SDRAM.D[15:0]
I/O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
E
0
DVDD4
D9
D7
SDRAM.CKE
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD4
C9
A7
SDRAM.CLK
I/O/Z
NA
NA
8 mA
E
LZ
DVDD4
H9
F8
SDRAM.CAS
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD4
D10
C10
C9
B8
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
0
DVDD4
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
§ PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
25
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
O/Z
NA
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
NA
4 mA
A
0
DVDD4
G10
H10
C11
D11
G11
C12
D12
H11
C13
D13
G12
C14
B14
C8
B9
E9
A8
C10
F9
D9
A9
D10
C11
B10
A10
B11
SDRAM.A[12:0]
D14
D11
LCD.VS
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD1
H12
E11
LCD.HS
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD1
B15
A11
LCD.AC
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD1
C15
A12
LCD.PCLK
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD1
D15
C16
A17
G13
B17
C17
D16
D17
C18
B19
A20
H13
G14
C19
B21
D18
D12
C13
B12
F11
B13
E12
A13
C14
B14
A15
C15
B15
A16
D15
C16
B16
LCD.P[15:0]
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD1
C20
C21
E18
D19
D20
F18
A17
D16
B17
E15
E16
C17
KB.C[5:0]
O
NA
NA
4 mA
A, J
0
DVDD1
E19
E20
H14
F19
G18
D17
E17
F15
D14
D13
KB.R[4:0]
I
NA
NA
A, J
input
DVDD1
G19
F14
PWRON_RESET
I
NA
NA
B, J
input
DVDD1
G20
F13
MCBSP1.CLKS
I
NA
NA
B, J
input
DVDD1
G21
G15
MCBSP1.CLKX
I/O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
J, B, G1
Z
DVDD1
H15
5
F17
MCBSP1.FSX
I/O/Z
reg4[14:12] = 000
0
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
Z
DVDD1
MCBSP1.DX
O
reg4[14:12] = 001
NA
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
§ PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
26
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
H18
8
GDY
BALL
F16
6
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
MCBSP1.DX
O
reg4[17:15] = 000
NA
MCBSP1.FSX
I/O/Z
reg4[17:15] = 001
0
SIGNAL NAME
H20
G16
MCBSP1.DR
I
NA
NA
H19
9
G13
G
3
CAM.EXCLK
O
reg4[23:21] = 000
NA
ETM.SYNC
O
reg4[23:21] = 001
NA
UWIRE.SDO
O
reg4[23:21] = 010
NA
CAM.LCLK
I
reg4[26:24] = 000
0
ETM.CLK
O
reg4[26:24] = 001
NA
UWIRE.SCLK
O
reg4[26:24] = 010
NA
CAM.D[7]
I
reg4[29:27] = 000
NA
ETM.D[7]
O
reg4[29:27] = 001
NA
UWIRE.CS0
O
reg4[29:27] = 010
NA
CAM.D[6]
I
reg5[2:0] = 000
NA
ETM.D[6]
O
reg5[2:0] = 001
NA
UWIRE.CS3
O
reg5[2:0] = 010
NA
CAM.D[5]
I
reg5[5:3] = 000
NA
ETM.D[5]
O
reg5[5:3] = 001
NA
UWIRE.SDI
I
reg5[5:3] = 010
NA
CAM.D[4]
I
reg5[8:6] = 000
NA
ETM.D[4]
O
reg5[8:6] = 001
NA
UART3.TX
O
reg5[8:6] = 010
NA
CAM.D[3]
I
reg5[11:9] = 000
NA
ETM.D[3]
O
reg5[11:9] = 001
NA
UART3.RX
I
reg5[11:9] = 010
NA
CAM.D[2]
I
reg5[14:12] = 000
NA
ETM.D[2]
O
reg5[14:12] = 001
NA
UART3.CTS
I
reg5[14:12] = 010
NA
CAM.D[1]
I
reg5[17:15] = 000
NA
ETM.D[1]
O
reg5[17:15] = 001
NA
UART3.RTS
O
reg5[17:15] = 010
NA
CAM.D[0]
I
reg5[20:18] = 000
NA
ETM.D[0]
O
reg5[20:18] = 001
NA
MPUIO12
I/O/Z
reg5[20:18] = 010
NA
CAM.VS
I
reg5[23:21] = 000
NA
ETM.PSTAT[2]
O
reg5[23:21] = 001
NA
CAM.HS
I
reg5[26:24] = 000
NA
ETM.PSTAT[1]
O
reg5[26:24] = 001
NA
UART2.CTS
I
reg5[26:24] = 010
NA
J15
J
5
J18
J
8
J19
J
9
J14
J
K18
8
K19
9
K15
5
K14
L19
9
H15
5
G14
G
G12
G
H16
6
J15
J
5
G17
G
H17
H14
J16
J
6
L18
8
J17
J
L15
5
K15
5
†
‡
§
¶
#
||
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
B,J
input
DVDD1
8 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD8
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
8 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
PD20
PD20
PD20
PD20
PD20
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
27
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
M19
9
M18
8
L14
GDY
BALL
J14
J
J13
J
3
H12
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
CAM.RSTZ
O
reg5[29:27] = 000
NA
ETM.PSTAT[0]
O
reg5[29:27] = 001
NA
UART2.RTS
O
reg5[29:27] = 010
NA
pin forced to drive low
O
reg6[2:0] = 000
NA
UART3.TX
O
reg6[2:0] = 001
NA
PWT
O
reg6[2:0] = 010
NA
IRQ_OBS
O
reg6[2:0] = 011
NA
UART2.TX
O
reg6[2:0] = 100
NA
UART3.RX
I
reg6[5:3] = 000
1
PWL
O
reg6[5:3] = 001
NA
DMA_REQ_OBS
O
reg6[5:3] = 010
NA
SIGNAL NAME
UART2.RX
M20
N21
K16
K17
N19
9
N18
8
N20
0
L15
5
L16
6
I
reg6[5:3] = 011
NA
GPIO15
I/O/Z
reg6[8:6] = 000
NA
KB.R[7]
I
reg6[8:6] = 001
1
GPIO14
I/O/Z
reg6[11:9] = 000
NA
KB.R[6]
I
reg6[11:9] = 001
1
GPIO13
I/O/Z
reg6[14:12] = 000
NA
L17
P19
9
K13
3
L14
K12
8 mA
J, B,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
4 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
4 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
PD20
4 mA
J, B, G1
input
DVDD1
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
reg6[14:12] = 001
1
reg6[17:15] = 000
NA
PD20
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O/Z
reg6[17:15] = 001
0
PD20
GPIO11
I/O/Z
reg6[20:18] = 000
NA
PD20
I/O
reg6[20:18] = 001
NA
PD20
GPIO7
I/O/Z
reg6[23:21] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
MMC.DAT2
I/O/Z
reg6[23:21] = 001
1
GPIO6
I/O/Z
reg6[26:24] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
O
reg6[26:24] = 001
NA
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O/Z
reg6[26:24] = 010
NA
PD20
GPIO4
I/O/Z
reg6[29:27] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
O
reg6[29:27] = 001
NA
MCBSP3.FSX
I/O/Z
reg6[29:27] = 010
NA
PD20
GPIO3
I/O/Z
reg7[2:0] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
O
reg7[2:0] = 001
NA
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
MCBSP3.FSX
M15
5
SUPPLY
I
SPI.CS3
M14
RESET
STATE#
I/O/Z
SPI.CS2
P18
8
OTHER¶
GPIO12
SPI.CS1
P20
0
BUFFER
STRENGTH
KB.R[5]
HDQ
M15
5
PU/
PD§
I/O/Z
reg7[2:0] = 010
NA
LED1
O
reg7[2:0] = 011
NA
GPIO2
I/O/Z
reg7[5:3] = 000
NA
O
reg7[5:3] = 001
NA
SPI.CLK
PD20
PD20
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
§ PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
28
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
R19
9
GDY
BALL
M17
SIGNAL NAME
GPIO1
UART3.RTS
R18
8
M16
6
GPIO0
SPI.RDY
USB.VBUS
T20
0
L13
3
MPUIO5
LOW_PWR
T19
9
N15
5
MPUIO4
EXT_DMA_REQ1
LED2
N15
5
N17
MPUIO2
EXT_DMA_REQ0
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
I/O/Z
reg7[8:6] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
O
reg7[8:6] = 001
NA
I/O/Z
reg7[11:9] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
I
reg7[11:9] = 001
NA
I
reg7[11:9] = 010
0
PD20
I/O/Z
reg7[14:12] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
O
reg7[14:12] = 001
NA
I/O/Z
reg7[17:15] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
I
reg7[17:15] = 001
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
O
reg7[17:15] = 010
NA
I/O/Z
reg7[20:18] = 000
NA
I
reg7[20:18] = 001
NA
U19
M14
MPUIO1
I/O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
B, J
input
DVDD1
T18
P15
I2C.SCL
I/O/Z
NA
NA
6 mA
J, D, H1
Z
DVDD1
V20
N14
I2C.SDA
I/O/Z
NA
NA
6 mA
J, D, H1
Z
DVDD1
U18
U
8
P17
UWIRE.SDI
I
reg8[2:0] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
B,, J
input
pu
DVDD1
UART3.DSR
I
reg8[2:0] = 001
1
PD20
UART1.DSR
I
reg8[2:0] = 010
1
PD20
MCBSP3.DR
I
reg8[2:0] = 011
NA
PD20
UWIRE.SDO
O
reg8[5:3] = 000
NA
4 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
UART3.DTR
O
reg8[5:3] = 001
NA
UART1.DTR
O
reg8[5:3] = 010
NA
MCBSP3.DX
O
reg8[5:3] = 011
NA
UWIRE.SCLK
O
reg8[8:6] = 000
NA
4 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
KB.C[7]
O
reg8[8:6] = 001
NA
pin forced to high-z
Z
reg8[11:9] = 000
NA
4 mA
J, A
Z
DVDD1
UWIRE.CS0
O
reg8[11:9] = 001
NA
4 mA
J, A
Z
DVDD1
W21
V19
9
N14
P16
6
M13
3
R16
6
MCBSP3.CLKX
P15
5
L12
I/O/Z
reg8[11:9] = 010
NA
pin forced to high-z
Z
reg8[14:12] = 000
NA
UWIRE.CS3
O
reg8[14:12] = 001
NA
KB.C[6]
O
reg8[14:12] = 010
NA
W19
R14
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ
I
NA
NA
J, B
input
DVDD1
AA20
T15
CLK32K_CTRL
I
NA
NA
J, B
input
DVDD1
V18
T16
CONF
I
NA
NA
PD10
0
A
input
DVDD1
Y19
U17
TDI
I
NA
NA
PD20
B
input
DVDD1
AA19
U16
TDO
O
NA
NA
A
0
DVDD1
V17
R13
TMS
I
NA
NA
B
input
DVDD1
†
‡
§
¶
#
||
4 mA
PD20
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
29
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
W18
T14
TCK
I
NA
NA
PD20
B
input
DVDD1
Y18
U15
TRST
I
NA
NA
PD10
0
B
input
DVDD1
V16
R17
EMU0
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PU10
0
2 mA
B
Z
DVDD1
W17
T13
EMU1
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PU10
0
2 mA
B
Z
DVDD1
Y17
U14
STAT_VAL/WKUP
I
NA
NA
A
input
DVDD1
AA17
R12
4 mA
J, B
input
pu
DVDD1
4 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
4 mA
J, A,, G1
G
Z
DVDD1
P14
W16
6
U13
U
3
P14
MPU_BOOT
I
reg8[29:27] = 000
NA
PD20
MCBSP3_DR
I
reg8[29:27] = 001
NA
PD20
USB1_SUSP
O
reg8[29:27] = 010
NA
RST_HOST_OUT
O
reg9[2:0] = 000
NA
MCBSP3.DX
O
reg9[2:0] = 001
NA
USB1.SE0
O
reg9[2:0] = 010
NA
pin forced to high-z
Z
reg9[5:3] = 000
NA
PD20
I/O/Z
reg9[5:3] = 001
NA
PD20
O
reg9[5:3] = 010
NA
MCBSP3.CLKX
USB1.TXEN
V15
P12
MPU_RST
I
NA
NA
J, B
input
DVDD1
W15
M11
RST_OUT
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A
0
DVDD1
AA15
5
U12
U
pin forced to drive low
O
reg9[14:12] = 000
NA
2 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
UART1.RTS
O
reg9[14:12] = 001
NA
R14
M10
UART1.CTS
I
NA
NA
PD20
J, B
input
DVDD1
V14
R11
UART1.RX
I
NA
NA
PD20
J, B
input
DVDD1
Y14
P13
3
pin forced to drive low
O
reg9[23:21] = 000
NA
2 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
UART1.TX
O
reg9[23:21] = 001
NA
W14
N12
MCSI1.DOUT
O
reg9[26:24] = 000
NA
2 mA
DVDD1
O
reg9[26:24] = 001
NA
J, A,, G1,
G ,
H1
0
USB1.TXD
UART1.TX
O
reg9[26:24] = 001||
NA
BCLKREQ
I
reg9[29:27] = 000
0
PD20
J, B
input
pu
DVDD1
UART3.CTS
I
reg9[29:27] = 001
0
PD20
UART1.DSR
I
reg9[29:27] = 010
1
PD20
BCLK
O
regA[2:0] = 000
NA
4 mA
J, A,, G1
G
0
DVDD1
UART3.RTS
O
regA[2:0] = 001
NA
NA
2 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
R13
3
Y13
3
V13
3
L10
0
P11
T11
UART1.DTR
O
regA[2:0] = 010
MCSI1.SYNC
I/O/Z
regA[5:3] = 000
0
PD20
I
regA[5:3] = 001
NA
PD20
USB1.VP
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
§ PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
¶ A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
# Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
‡
||
30
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
AA13
3
U11
U
W13
3
Y12
R10
0
N10
0
SIGNAL NAME
MCSI1.CLK
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
2 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
J, B
input
pu
DVDD1
J, A
LZ
DVDD1
I/O/Z
regA[8:6] = 000
0
PD20
USB1.VM
I
regA[8:6] = 001
0
PD20
UART1.RX
I
regA[8:6] = 001||
0
PD20
MCSI1.DIN
I
regA[11:9] = 000
NA
PD20
USB1.RCV
I
regA[11:9] = 001
0
PD20
UART1.CTS
I
regA[11:9] = 001||
0
PD20
CLK32K_OUT
O
regA[14:12] = 000
NA
I/O/Z
regA[14:12] = 001
NA
O
regA[14:12] = 010
NA
MPUIO0
USB1.SPEED
8 mA
P13
N9
CLK32K_IN
I
NA
NA
J, B
input
DVDD1
W12
T10
OSC32K_IN
--
NA
NA
F
NA
NA
R12
T9
OSC32K_OUT
--
NA
NA
F
NA
NA
W11
R9
9
MMC.DAT3
I/O/Z
regD[14:12] = 000
1
input
pu
DVDD1
Reserved
NA
regD[14:12] = 001
NA
MPUIO6
I/O/Z
regD[14:12] = 010
NA
O
NA
NA
V11
U10
MMC.CLK
R11
U9
MMC.DAT0/SPI.DI
I/O/Z
NA
NA
W10
0
R8
8
MMC.DAT2
I/O/Z
regA[20:18] = 000
1
Z
regA[20:18] = 001
NA
pin forced to hi-z
V10
0
M9
9
PU20
4 mA
J B,
J,
B G1
PU20
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD1
PU20
4 mA
J, B, G1
input
DVDD1
PU20
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
4 mA
J, B,, G1
G
input
pu
DVDD1
MPUIO11
I/O/Z
regA[20:18] = 010
NA
PU20
MMC.DAT1
I/O/Z
regA[26:24] = 000
1
PU20
Reserved
NA
regA[26:24] = 001
NA
MPUIO7
I/O/Z
regA[26:24] = 010
NA
PU20
P11
U8
MMC.CMD/SPI.DO
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PU10
0
4 mA
J, B, G1
input
DVDD1
Y10
0
T8
8
MCSI2.CLK
I/O/Z
regB[5:3] = 000
0
PD20
4 mA
J, E
input
pu
DVDD3
USB2.SUSP
O
regB[5:3] = 001
NA
MCSI2.DIN
I
regB[8:6] = 000
NA
PD20
J, B
input
pu
DVDD3
USB2.VP
I
regB[8:6] = 001
0
PD20
MCSI2.DOUT
O
regB[11:9] = 000
NA
4 mA
J, A,, G2
G
0
DVDD3
USB2.TXEN
O
regB[11:9] = 001
NA
MCSI2.SYNC
I/O/Z
regB[14:12] = 000
0
PD20
4 mA
J, E
input
pu
DVDD3
GPIO7
I/O/Z
regB[14:12] = 001
NA
PD20
AA9
9
W9
9
V9
9
P8
8
T7
R7
Y9
U7
MCLK
O
NA
NA
R10
0
N8
8
MCLKREQ
I
regB[20:18] = 000
0
EXT_MASTER_REQ
O
regB[20:18] = 001
NA
4 mA
J, A, G1
0
DVDD3
PD20
4 mA
J, E
input
pu
DVDD3
W8
M8
GPIO9
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, E, G3
input
DVDD3
Y8
U6
GPIO8
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, E, G3
input
DVDD3
†
‡
§
¶
#
||
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
31
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
SIGNAL NAME
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, E, G1
input
DVDD3
I
regC[2:0] = 000
NA
PD20
4 mA
J, B,, G2
G
input
pu
DVDD3
PD20
4 mA
J, E, G2
input
DVDD3
4 mA
J, E
Z
DVDD3
4 mA
J, E, G2
input
DVDD3
4 mA
J, E
Z
DVDD3
4 mA
J, E,, G2
G
0
DVDD3
4 mA
J, B
input
pu
DVDD3
4 mA
J, B
input
pu
DVDD3
TYPE†
V8
P7
MPUIO3
P10
0
R6
6
MCBSP2.DR
MCBSP2.DX
O
regC[2:0] = 001
NA
W7
T6
MCBSP2.FSX
I/O/Z
NA
0
V7
T5
5
MCBSP2.CLKR
I/O/Z
regC[8:6] = 000
0
GPIO11
I/O/Z
regC[8:6] = 001
NA
PD20
Y6
U5
MCBSP2.CLKX
I/O/Z
NA
NA
PD20
W6
6
P6
6
MCBSP2.FSR
I/O/Z
regC[14:12] = 000
0
GPIO12
I/O/Z
regC[14:12] = 001
NA
MCBSP2.DX
O
regC[17:15] = 000
NA
MCBSP2.DR
I
regC[17:15] = 001
NA
PD20
UART2.RX
I
regC[20:18] = 000
1
PD20
USB2.VM
I
regC[20:18] = 001
0
PD20
UART2.CTS
I
regC[23:21] = 000
1
PD20
USB2.RCV
I
regC[23:21] = 001
0
PD20
PD20
AA5
5
R5
5
R9
9
M7
Y5
5
N6
6
GPIO7
W5
5
U4
U
I/O/Z
regC[23:21] = 010
NA
pin forced to drive low
O
regC[26:24] = 000
NA
UART2.RTS
O
regC[26:24] = 001
NA
NA
USB2.SE0
O
regC[26:24] = 010
I/O/Z
regC[26:24] = 011
NA
pin forced to drive low
O
regC[29:27] = 000
NA
UART2.TX
O
regC[29:27] = 001
NA
MPUIO5
V6
6
R4
PD20
J, B
J, E
4 mA
J, E,, G2
G
0
DVDD3
4 mA
J, A,, G2
G
0
DVDD3
USB2.TXD
O
regC[29:27] = 010
NA
Y4
T4
UART2.BCLK
O
NA
NA
4 mA
J, A, G2
0
DVDD3
W4
T3
3
USB.PUEN
O
regD[5:3] = 000
NA
8 mA
J, B,, G1
G
0
DVDD2
USB.CLKO
O
regD[5:3] = 001
NA
P9
P5
USB.DP
I/O/Z
NA
NA
18.3 mA
C
Z
DVDD2
R8
P4
USB.DM
I/O/Z
NA
NA
18.3 mA
C
Z
DVDD2
Y2
R2
OSC1_IN
--
NA
NA
F
NA
NA
W3
P3
OSC1_OUT
--
NA
NA
F
NA
NA
V4
R3
FLASH.WP
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
0
DVDD5
W2
P2
FLASH.WE
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
W1
T2
FLASH.RP
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
0
DVDD5
U4
N3
FLASH.OE
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
†
‡
§
¶
#
||
32
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--3. Terminal Characteristics and Multiplexing (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
SIGNAL NAME
TYPE†
MUX CTRL
SETTING‡
DESELECTED
INPUT STATE
PU/
PD§
BUFFER
STRENGTH
OTHER¶
RESET
STATE#
SUPPLY
V3
T4
U3
U1
P8
T3
T2
R4
R3
R2
P7
P4
P2
N7
N2
N4
U2
T1
N2
R1
M3
P1
N1
N4
M5
M4
M2
M1
L6
L4
K3
L5
FLASH.D[15:0]
I/O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
E
0
DVDD5
N3
K4
FLASH.CLK
O/Z
NA
NA
8 mA
E, G1, H2
0
DVDD5
N8
L1
FLASH.CS3
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
M4
K5
5
FLASH.CS2
O/Z
regD[8:6] = 000
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
FLASH.BAA
O/Z
regD[8:6] = 001
NA
M3
K1
FLASH.CS1
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
M7
J2
FLASH.CS0
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
M8
L3
J1
J5
FLASH.BE[1:0]
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
0
DVDD5
L4
H1
FLASH.ADV
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A
1
DVDD5
L7
K3
K4
L8
J1
J3
J4
J2
K7
H3
H4
K8
G2
G3
G4
F3
J7
E3
F4
D2
E4
C1
D3
J8
J3
J4
H6
H5
H2
H4
H3
G2
G1
G5
G3
G4
E1
F2
F4
F3
F5
D2
E4
E3
C2
C1
G6
B1
FLASH.A[24:1]
O/Z
NA
NA
4 mA
A, G1
0
DVDD5
H7
C3
FLASH.RDY
I
NA
NA
B
input
DVDD5
E5
N11
RSVD
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
†
‡
§
¶
#
||
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
’regx’ denotes the terminal multiplexing register that controls the specified terminal where regx = FUNC_MUX_CTRL_x
PD20 = 20-μA internal pulldown, PD100 = 100-μA pulldown, PU20 = 20-μA internal pullup, PU100 = 100-μA internal pullup
A = Standard LVCMOS input/output
G1 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL
B = Fail-safe LVCMOS input/output
G2 = Terminal may be gated by GPIO9 and MPUIO3
C = USB transceiver input/output
G3 = Terminal may be gated by BFAIL and PWRON_RESET
D = I2C input/output buffers
H1 = Terminal may be 3-stated by BFAIL input
E = Fail-safe LVCMOS input and Standard LVCMOS output
J = Boundary-scannable terminal
F = analog oscillator terminals
Z = High-Impedance, LZ = Low-Impedance (pin is driven), 1 = Output driven high, 0 = Output driven low
UART1 signals can be multiplexed to this pin via additional multiplexing in the USB module.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
33
Introduction
2.4
Signal Description
Table 2--4 provides a description of the signals on OMAP5910. Many signals are available on multiple pins
depending upon the software configuration of the pin multiplexing options. Ball numbers which are italicized
indicate the default pin muxings at reset. Ball numbers for busses are listed from MSB to LSB (left to right,
top to bottom).
Table 2--4. Signal Description
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
SDRAM.WE
C3
A1
SDRAM write enable. SDRAM.WE is active (low) during writes, DCAB, and MRS
commands to SDRAM memory.
O/Z
SDRAM.RAS
A2
C4
SDRAM row address strobe. SDRAM.RAS is active (low) during ACTV, DCAB,
REFR, and MRS commands to SDRAM memory.
O/Z
SDRAM.DQMU
D4
A2
SDRAM upper data mask. Active-low data mask for the upper byte of the SDRAM
data bus (SDRAM.D[15:8]). The data mask outputs allow for both 16-bit-wide and
8-bit-wide accesses to SDRAM memories.
O/Z
SDRAM.DQML
B3
B2
SDRAM lower data mask. Active-low data mask for the lower byte of the SDRAM
data bus (SDRAM.D[7:0]). The data mask outputs allow for both 16-bit-wide and
8-bit-wide accesses to SDRAM memories.
O/Z
SDRAM.D[15:0]
D5,
C4,
B4,
D6,
C5,
H8,
C6,
B6,
D7,
C7,
D8,
B8,
G8,
C8,
G9,
B9
D4,
C5,
G8,
B4,
B5,
C6,
A3,
E6,
D6,
A4,
B6,
F7,
C7,
B7,
D7,
A6
SDRAM data bus. SDRAM.D[15:0] provides data exchange between the Traffic
Controller and SDRAM memory.
I/O/Z
SDRAM.CKE
D9
D7
SDRAM clock enable. Active-high output which enables the SDRAM clock during
normal operation; SDRAM.CKE is driven inactive to put the memory into
low-power mode.
O/Z
SDRAM.CLK
C9
A7
SDRAM clock. Clock for synchronization SDRAM memory commands/accesses.
To minimize voltage undershoot and overshoot effects, it is recommended to place
a series resistor (typically ~33 Ω) close to the SDRAM.CLK driver pin.
SDRAM.CLK can also be configured as an input to monitor skew control.
I/O/Z
SDRAM.CAS
H9
F8
SDRAM column address strobe. SDRAM.CAS is active (low) during reads, writes,
and the REFR and MRS commands to SDRAM memory.
O/Z
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
D10,
C10
C9,
B8
SDRAM bank address bus. Provides the bank address to SDRAM memories.
O/Z
SIGNAL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
EMIFF SDRAM Interface
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
34
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
SDRAM address bus. Provides row and column address information to the
SDRAM memory as well as MRS command data. SDRAM.A[10] also serves as a
control signal to define specific commands to SDRAM memory.
O/Z
EMIFF SDRAM Interface (Continued)
SDRAM.A[12:0]
G10,
H10,
C11,
D11,
G11,
C12,
D12,
H11,
C13,
D13,
G12,
C14,
B14
C8,
B9,
E9,
A8,
C10,
F9,
D9,
A9,
D10,
C11,
B10,
A10,
B11
EMIFS FLASH and Asynchronous Memory Interface
FLASH.WP
V4
R3
EMIFS write protect. Active-low output for hardware write protection feature on
standard memory devices.
O/Z
FLASH.WE
W2
P2
EMIFS write enable. Active-low write enable output for Flash or SRAM memories
or asynchronous devices.
O/Z
FLASH.RP
W1
T2
EMIFS power down or reset output (Intel™ flash devices)
O/Z
FLASH.OE
U4
N3
EMIFS output enable. Active-low output enable output for Flash or SRAM
memories or asynchronous devices.
O/Z
FLASH.D[15:0]
V3,
T4,
U3,
U1,
P8,
T3,
T2,
R4,
R3,
R2,
P7,
P4,
P2,
N7,
N2,
N4
U2,
T1,
N2,
R1,
M3,
P1,
N1,
N4,
M5,
M4,
M2,
M1,
L6,
L4,
K3,
L5
EMIFS data bus. Bidirectional 16-bit data bus used to transfer read and write data
during EMIFS accesses.
I/O/Z
FLASH.CLK
N3
K4
EMIFS clock. Clock output that is active during synchronous modes of EMIFS
operation for synchronous burst Flash memories.
O/Z
FLASH.CS3
N8
L1
M4
K5
FLASH.CS1
M3
K1
EMIFS chip
p selects. Active-low chip-select
p
outputs
p
that become active when the
appropriate
i
address
dd
iis d
decoded
d d iinternall to the
h d
device.
i
E
Each
h chip
hi select
l
decodes
d
d a
32M-byte region of memory space
space.
O/Z
/
FLASH.CS2
FLASH.CS0
M7
J2
FLASH.BE[1:0]
M8,
L3
J1,
J5
EMIFS byte enables. Active-low byte enable signals used to perform byte-wide
accesses to memories or devices that support byte enables.
O/Z
FLASH.ADV
L4
H1
EMIFS address valid. Active-low control signal used to indicate a valid address is
present on the FLASH.A[24:1] bus.
O/Z
FLASH.BAA
M4
K5
EMIFS burst advance acknowledge. Active-low control signal used with Advanced
Micro Devices™ burst Flash. FLASH.BAA is multiplexed with FLASH.CS2.
O/Z
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
Advanced Micro Devices is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
35
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
EMIFS FLASH and Asynchronous Memory Interface (Continued)
FLASH.A[24:1]
L7,
K3,
K4,
L8,
J1,
J3,
J4,
J2,
K7,
H3,
H4,
K8,
G2,
G3,
G4,
F3,
J7,
E3,
F4,
D2,
E4,
C1,
D3,
J8
J3,
J4,
H6,
H5,
H2,
H4,
H3,
G2,
G1,
G5,
G3,
G4,
E1,
F2,
F4,
F3,
F5,
D2,
E4,
E3,
C2,
C1,
G6,
B1
EMIFS address bus. Address output bus for all EMIFS accesses. FLASH.A[24:1]
provides the upper 24 bits of a 25-bit byte address. The byte enables must be
used to implement 8-bit accesses.
O/Z
FLASH.RDY
H7
C3
EMIFS ready. Active-high ready input used to suspend the EMIFS interface when
the external memory or asynchronous device is not ready to continue the current
cycle. It is recommended that this pin should be pulled high externally and
unused. See the OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Silicon Errata (literature
number SPRZ016) for more details.
I
LCD.VS
D14
D11
LCD vertical sync output. LCD.VS is the frame clock which signals the start of a
new frame of pixels to the LCD panel. In TFT mode, LCD.VS is the vertical
synchronization signal.
O
LCD.HS
H12
E11
LCD horizontal sync. LCD.HS is the line clock which signals the end of a line of
pixels to the LCD panel. In TFT mode, LCD.HS is the horizontal synchronization
signal.
O
LCD.AC
B15
A11
LCD AC-bias. LCD.AC is used to signal the LCD to switch the polarity of the row
and column power supplies to counteract charge buildup causing DC offset. In
TFT mode, LCD.AC is used as the output enable to latch LCD pixel data using the
pixel clock.
O
LCD.PCLK
C15
A12
LCD pixel clock output. Clock output provided to synchronize pixel data to the
LCD panel. In passive mode, LCD.PCLK only transitions when LCD.P[15:0] is
valid. In active mode, LCD.PCLK transitions continuously and LCD.AC is used as
the output enable when LCD.P[15:0] is valid.
O
LCD Interface
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
36
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
D15,
C16,
A17,
G13,
B17,
C17,
D16,
D17,
C18,
B19,
A20,
H13,
G14,
C19,
B21,
D18
D12,
C13,
B12,
F11,
B13,
E12,
A13,
C14,
B14,
A15,
C15,
B15,
A16,
D15,
C16,
B16
LCD pixel data bus. Pixel data is transferred on this output bus to LCD panel.
O
KB.C[7:0]
V19,
P15,
C20,
C21,
E18,
D19,
D20,
F18
M13,
L12,
A17,
D16,
B17,
E15,
E16,
C17
Keyboard matrix column outputs. KB.Cx column outputs are used in conjunction
with the KB.Rx row inputs to implement a 6x5 or 8x8 keyboard matrix.
O
KB.R[7:0]
M20,
N21,
N19,
E19,
E20,
H14,
F19,
G18
K16,
K17,
K14,
D17,
E17,
F15,
D14,
D13
Keyboard matrix row inputs. KB.Rx row inputs are used in conjunction with the
KB.Cx column outputs to implement a 6x5 or 8x8 keyboard matrix.
I
SIGNAL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
LCD Interface (Continued)
LCD.P[15:0]
Keyboard Matrix Interface
Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports (McBSPs)
MCBSP1.CLKS
G20
F13
McBSP1 clock source. Provides external clock reference for use with transmitter
or reciever. CLKS is only present on McBSP1.
I
MCBSP1.CLKX
G21
G15
Y6
U5
MCBSP3.CLKX
W16,
N14
P14,
R16
McBSP transmit clock. Serial shift clock reference for the transmitter. CLKX is
present on all McBSPs.
S
In the case off McBSP1
S and McBSP3,
S
the clock input to
the McBSP receiver may also be provided on this terminal via an internal
loop-back connection between the transmitter and receiver clocks.
I/O/Z
/ /
MCBSP2.CLKX
MCBSP1.FSX
H15,
H18
F17,
F16
I/O/Z
MCBSP2.FSX
W7
T6
MCBSP3.FSX
N18,
P18,
P19,
P20
L15,
K12,
K13,
L14
McBSP transmit frame sync. Frame synchronization for transmitter. FSX is
p
y
present on all McBSPs. In the case of McBSP1 and McBSP3,, the frame sync
i
input
to the
h M
McBSP
BSP receiver
i
may also
l be
b provided
id d on this
hi terminal
i l via
i an internal
i
l
loop-back connection between the transmitter and receiver frame syncs
syncs.
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
37
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports (McBSPs) (Continued)
McBSP transmit data. Serial transmit data output. DX is present on all McBSPs.
O
T5
McBSP2 receive clock. Serial shift clock reference for the receiver. CLKR is only
present on McBSP2.
I/O/Z
W6
P6
McBSP2 receive frame sync. Frame synchronization for the receiver. FSR is only
present on McBSP2.
I/O/Z
MCBSP1.DR
H20
G16
McBSP receive data. Serial receive data input.
p DR is p
present on all McBSPs.
I
MCBSP2.DR
P10,
AA5
R6,
R5
MCBSP3.DR
AA17,
U18
R12,
P17
CAM.EXCLK
H19
G13
Camera interface external clock. Output clock used to provide a timing reference
to a camera sensor.
O
CAM.LCLK
J15
H15
Camera interface line clock. Input clock to provide external timing reference from
camera sensor logic.
I
CAM.VS
L18
J17
Camera interface vertical sync. Vertical synchronization input from external
camera sensor.
I
CAM.HS
L15
K15
Camera interface horizontal sync. Horizontal synchronization input from external
camera sensor.
I
CAM.D[7:0]
J18,
J19,
J14,
K18,
K19,
K15,
K14,
L19
G14,
G12,
H16,
J15,
G17,
H17,
H14,
J16
Camera interface data. Data input bus to receive image data from an external
camera sensor.
I
CAM.RSTZ
M19
J14
Camera interface reset. Reset output used to reset or Initialize external camera
sensor logic.
O
ETM.CLK
J15
H15
ETM9 Trace Clock. Clock output for standard ETM9 test/debug equipment.
O
ETM.SYNC
H19
G13
ETM9 Trace Synchronization. Trace Sync output for standard ETM9 test/debug
equipment.
O
ETM.D[7:0]
J18,
J19,
J14,
K18,
K19,
K15,
K14,
L19
G14,
G12,
H16,
J15,
G17,
H17,
H14,
J16
ETM9 Trace Packet data. Trace Packet outputs for standard ETM9 test/debug
equipment.
O
MCBSP1.DX
H18,
H15
F16,
F17
MCBSP2.DX
AA5,
P10
R5,
R6
MCBSP3.DX
P14,
W21
U13,
P16
MCBSP2.CLKR
V7
MCBSP2.FSR
Camera Interface
ETM9 Trace Macro Interface
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
38
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
ETM9 Trace Macro Interface (Continued)
ETM.PSTAT[2:0]
L18,
L15,
M19
J17,
K15,
J14
ETM9 Trace Pipe State 2--0. Pipeline status outputs for standard ETM9 test/debug
equipment.
O
UWIRE.SCLK
V19,
J15
M13,
H15
MICROWIRE serial clock. This pin drives a clock to a MICROWIRE device. The
active edge is software configurable.
O
UWIRE.SDO
W21,
H19
P16,
G13
MICROWIRE serial data out. Write data is transferred to a MICROWIRE device on
this pin.
O
UWIRE.SDI
U18,
J14
P17,
H16
MICROWIRE serial data in. Read data is transferred from a MICROWIRE device
on this pin.
I
UWIRE.CS0
N14,
J18
R16,
G14
MICROWIRE chip select 0. The CS0 output selects a single MICROWIRE device
(configurable as active high or active low).
O
UWIRE.CS3
P15,
J19
L12,
G12
MICROWIRE chip select 3. The CS3 output selects a single MICROWIRE device
(configurable as active high or active low).
O
N20
L16
HDQ/1-wire interface. HDQ optionally implements one of two serial protocols:
HDQ or 1-Wire.
I/O
MICROWIRE Interface
HDQ/1-Wire Interface
HDQ
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) and MPU I/O (MPUIO)
GPIO15
M20
K16
GPIO14
N21
K17
GPIO13
N19
K14
GPIO12
N18,
W6
L15,
P6
GPIO11
N20,
V7
L16,
T5
GPIO9
W8
M8
GPIO8
Y8
U6
GPIO7
M15,
Y5,
V9
L17,
N6,
R7
GPIO6
P19
K13
GPIO4
P20
L14
GPIO3
P18
K12
GPIO2
M14
M15
GPIO1
R19
M17
GPIO0
R18
M16
Shared General-Purpose
p
I/O.
/ Each GPIO p
pin can be used by
y either the DSP core
or the
h MPU core. Control
C
l off each
h GPIO pin
i between
b
the
h two cores iis selected
l
d by
b
the MPU via control registers.
registers Each GPIO pin may also be configured to cause an
interrupt to its respective core processor.
I/O/Z
/ /
GPIO5 and GPIO10 are not available on the OMAP5910 device.
device
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
‡ All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
39
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) and MPU I/O (MPUIO) (Continued)
MPUIO12
L19
J16
MPUIO11
W10
R8
MPUIO7
V10
M9
MPUIO6
W11
R9
MPUIO5
T20,
W5
L13,
U4
MPUIO4
T19
N15
MPUIO3
V8
P7
MPUIO2
N15
N17
MPUIO1
U19
M14
MPUIO0
Y12
N10
MPU General-Purpose
p
I/O.
/ MPUIO p
pins may
y onlyy be used byy the MPU core.
I/O/Z
/ /
MPUIO8 MPUIO9,
MPUIO8,
MPUIO9 AND MPUIO10 are not available on the OMAP5910 device.
device
Pulse-Width Tone and Pulse-Width Light Interface
PWT
M18
J13
Pulse Width Tone output. The PWT output pin provides a modulated output for use
with an external buzzer.
O
PWL
L14
H12
Pulse Width Light output. The PWL output pin provides a pseudo-random
modulated voltage output used for LCD or keypad backlighting.
O
Multimedia Card/Secure Digital Interface (MMC/SD)
MMC.CLK
V11
U10
MMC/SD clock. Clock output to the MMC/SD card.
MMC.CMD
P11
U8
MMC/SD command output. MMC/SD commands are transferred to/from this pin.
I/O/Z
O
MMC.DAT3
W11
R9
SD card data bit 3. Data bit 3 used in 4-bit Secure Digital mode.
I/O/Z
MMC.DAT2
W10,
M15
R8,
L17
SD card data bit 2. Data bit 2 used in 4-bit Secure Digital mode.
I/O/Z
MMC.DAT1
V10
M9
SD card data bit 1. Data bit 1 used in 4 -bit Secure Digital mode.
I/O/Z
MMC.DAT0
R11
U9
MMC/SD dat0 input. MMC.DAT0 functions as data bit 0 during MMC and Secure
Digital operation. The pin functions as the data input in generic SPI mode.
I/O/Z
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
40
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
UART transmit. Transmit data output.
p TX is present
p
on all UARTs. On UART3,, the
TX pin
i implements
i l
the
h TXIR function
f
i during
d i SIR mode
d operation.
i
O
UART receive. Receive data input.
p RX is present
p
on all UARTs. On UART3,, the
RX pin implements the RXIR function
f
during SIR
S mode operation.
I
UART clear-to-send. CTS is present
p
on all UARTs.
I
UART request-to-send.
q
RTS is p
present on all UARTs. On UART3 in IrDA mode,,
this pin is SD_MODE.
S
O
O
UART data-terminal-ready. DTR is only present on UART1 and UART3.
O
UART data-set-ready. DSR is only present on UART1 and UART3.
I
UART baud clock output. A clock of 16x of the UART2 baud rate is driven onto this
pin. This feature is only implemented on UART2.
O
Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Interfaces
UART1.TX
Y14
P13
UART2.TX
V6,
M18
R4,
J13
UART3.TX
M18,
K18
J13,
J15
UART1.RX
V14
R11
UART2.RX
R9,
L14
M7,
H12
UART3.RX
L14,
K19
H12,
G17
UART1.CTS
R14
M10
UART2.CTS
Y5,
L15
N6,
K15
UART3.CTS
R13,
K15
L10,
H17
UART1.RTS
AA15
U12
UART2.RTS
W5,
M19
U4,
J14
UART3.RTS
Y13,
R19,
K14
P11,
M17,
H14
UART1.DTR
W21,
Y13
P16,
P11
UART3.DTR
W21
P16
UART1.DSR
U18,
R13
P17,
L10
UART3.DSR
U18
P17
UART2.BCLK
Y4
T4
Inter-Integrated Circuit Master and Slave Interface
I2C.SCL
I2C.SDA
T18
V20
P15
I2C serial clock. I2C.SCL provides the timing reference for I2C transfers.
I/O/Z
N14
I2C
I/O/Z
serial data. I2C.SDA provides control and data for
I2C
transfers.
LED Pulse Generator Interface
LED1
P18
K12
LED Pulse Generator output 1. LED1 produces a static or pulsing output used to
drive an external LED indicator.
O
LED2
T19
N15
LED Pulse Generator output 2. LED2 produces a static or pulsing output used to
drive an external LED indicator.
O
Multichannel Serial Interfaces (MCSIs)
MCSI1.CLK
AA13
U11
MCSI2.CLK
Y10
T8
MCSI1.SYNC
V13
T11
MCSI2.SYNC
V9
R7
MCSI clock. Multichannel Serial Interface clock reference. The clock can be driven
in master mode or an external clock may be driven on this signal in slave mode.
I/O/Z
/ /
MCSI sync. Multichannel Serial Interface frame synchronization signal. The frame
sync can be driven in master mode or an external clock may be driven on this
signal in slave mode. MCSIx.SYNC may be configured as an active-low or
active-high sync.
I/O/Z
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
41
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
Multichannel Serial Interfaces (MCSIs) (Continued)
MCSI1.DIN
W13
R10
MCSI2.DIN
AA9
P8
MCSI1.DOUT
W14
N12
MCSI2.DOUT
W9
T7
MCSI data in. Multichannel Serial Interface data input
p pin.
p
I
MCSI data out. Multichannel Serial Interface data output
p pin.
p
O
USB (Integrated Transceiver Interface, can be used with Host or Function)
USB.DP
P9
P5
USB internal transceiver D+. The positive side of the integrated USB transceiver’s
differential bus. A series resistor of 27 Ω (5% tolerance) is required on the
USB.DP pin.
I/O/Z
USB.DM
R8
P4
USB internal transceiver D--. The negative side of the integrated USB
transceiver’s differential bus. A series resistor of 27 Ω (5% tolerance) is required
on the USB.DM pin.
I/O/Z
USB Pin Group 1 and 2 (Utilizing External Transceivers, can be used with Host or Function)
USB1.TXEN
W16
P14
USB2.TXEN
W9
T7
USB1.TXD
W14
N12
USB2.TXD
V6
R4
USB1.VP
V13
T11
USB2.VP
AA9
P8
USB1.VM
AA13
U11
USB2.VM
R9
M7
USB1.RCV
W13
R10
USB2.RCV
Y5
N6
USB1.SUSP
AA17
R12
USB2.SUSP
Y10
T8
USB1.SE0
P14
U13
USB2.SE0
W5
U4
USB1.SPEED
Y12
N10
USB transmit enable. Driven active (low)
(
) when the USB host or Function
peripheral
i h l iis d
driving
i i data
d
onto the
h USB bus
b via
i the
h TXD output.
O
USB transmit data. Single-ended logic output used to transmit data to the transmit
input of an external USB transceiver. USBx.TXD may also be used for
transceiverless connection between OMAP5910 and another transceiverless USB
device.
O
USB vplus data. Single-ended input used to monitor the logical state of the D+ line
of the USB bus
bus. USBx
USBx.VP
VP should be driven by an external USB transceiver based
on the state of D+.
I
USB vminus data. Single-ended input used to monitor the logical state of the D-line of the USB bus
bus. USBx
USBx.VM
VM should be driven by an external USB transceiver
based on the state of D--.
I
USB receive data. Single-ended logic input used to receive data from the receive
output of an external USB transceiver. USBx.RCV may also be used for
transceiverless connection between OMAP5910 and another transceiverless USB
device.
I
USB bus segment suspend control. Active-high output indicates detection of IDLE
condition on the USB bus for greater than 5 ms
ms. USBx
USBx.SUSP
SUSP is implemented on
both USB ports 1 and 2.
O
USB single-ended
g
zero. Active-high
g output
p indicates detection of the single-ended
g
zero state on the
h USB b
bus. USBx.SE0
USB SE is
i implemented
i l
d for
f both
b h USB ports 1 and
d 2.
O
USB 1 bus segment speed control. Static control output used by the external
transceiver to determine whether USB port 1 is operating in full-speed or
low-speed mode. USB1.SPEED is only implemented on USB port 1.
O
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
42
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
USB.CLKO
W4
USB.PUEN
USB.VBUS
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
T3
USB clock output. 6-MHz divided clock output of the internal USB DPLL provided
for reference. Common for all USB host and Function peripherals.
O
W4
T3
USB pullup enable. Control output used in conjunction with an external pullup
resistor to implement USB device connect and disconnect via software.
USB.PUEN is used with the USB Function peripheral.
O
R18
M16
USB voltage bus enable. USB.VBUS is used to provide a logic-high voltage level
which may be used to enable pullup resistors on the USB bus to indicate
connection or disconnection status of the OMAP5910 device as a USB Function
device.
I
TCK
W18
T14
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test clock. TCK is normally a free-running clock signal with
a 50% duty cycle. The changes on the test access port (TAP) of input signals TDI
and TMS are clocked into the TAP controller, instruction register, or selected test
data register on the rising edge of TCK. Changes at the TAP output signal TDO
occur on the falling edge of TCK.
I
TDI
Y19
U17
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test data input. TDI is clocked into the selected register
(instruction or data) on the rising edge of TCK.
I
TDO
AA19
U16
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test data output. The contents of the selected register
(instruction or data) are shifted out of TDO on the falling edge of TCK. TDO is in
the high-impedance state except when the scanning of data is in progress.
O
TMS
V17
R13
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test mode select. This serial control input is clocked into
the TAP controller on the rising edge of TCK.
I
TRST
Y18
U15
IEEE Standard 1149.1 test reset. TRST, when high, gives the IEEE standard
1149.1 scan system control of the operations of the device. If TRST is not
connected, or driven low, the device operates in its functional mode, and the IEEE
standard 1149.1 signals are ignored.
I
EMU0
V16
R17
Emulation pin 0. When TRST is driven high, EMU0 is used as an interrupt to or
from the emulator system and is defined as input/output by way of the IEEE
standard 1149.1 scan system.
I/O
EMU1
W17
T13
Emulation pin 1. When TRST is driven high, EMU1 is used as an interrupt to or
from the emulator system and is defined as input/output by way of the IEEE
standard 1149.1 scan system.
I/O
CLK32K_IN
P13
N9
32-kHz clock input. Digital CMOS 32-kHz clock input driven by an external
32-kHz oscillator if the internal 32-kHz oscillator is not used.
I
CLK32K_OUT
Y12
N10
32-kHz clock output. Clock output reflecting the internal 32-kHz clock.
O
CLK32K_CTRL
AA20
T15
32-kHz clock selection control input. CLK32K_CTRL selects whether or not the
internal 32-kHz oscillator is used or if the 32-kHz clock is to be provided externally
via the CLK32K_IN input. If CLK32K_CTRL is high, the 32-kHz internal oscillator
is used; if CLK32K_CTRL is low, the CMOS input CLK32K_IN is used as a 32-kHz
clock source.
I
OSC32K_IN
W12
T10
32-kHz crystal XI connection. Analog clock input to 32-kHz oscillator for use with
external crystal.
analog
OSC32K_OUT
R12
T9
32-kHz crystal XO connection. Analog output from 32-kHz oscillator for use with
external crystal.
analog
OSC1_IN
Y2
R2
Base crystal XI connection. Analog input to base oscillator for use with external
crystal or to be driven by external 12- or 13-MHz oscillator.
analog
SIGNAL
USB Miscellaneous Signals
JTAG/Emulation Interface
Device Clock Pins
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
43
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
TYPE†
DESCRIPTION
Device Clock Pins (Continued)
OSC1_OUT
W3
P3
Base crystal XO connection. Analog output from base oscillator for use with
external 12- or 13-MHz crystal.
analog
MCLK
Y9
U7
M-Clock. General-purpose clock output which may be configured to run at 12 MHz
or 48 MHz. MCLK may be configured to drive constantly or only when the
MCLKREQ signal is asserted active high.
O
BCLK
Y13
P11
B-Clock. General purpose clock output which may be configured to run at
12 MHz. BCLK may be configured to drive constantly or only when the BCLKREQ
signal is asserted active high.
O
MCLKREQ
R10
N8
M-Clock Request. Active high request input which allows an external device to
request that MCLK be driven.
I
BCLKREQ
R13
L10
B-Clock Request. Active high request input which allows an external device to
request that BCLK be driven.
I
PWRON_RESET
G19
F14
Reset input to device. Active-low asynchronous reset input resets the entire
OMAP5910 device.
I
MPU_RST
V15
P12
MPU reset input. Active-low asynchronous reset input resets the MPU core.
I
RST_OUT
W15
M11
Reset output. Active-low output is asserted when MPUST is active (after
synchronization.)
O
Reset Logic Pins
Interrupts and Miscellaneous Control and Configuration Pins
MPU_BOOT
AA17
R12
MPU boot mode. When MPU_BOOT is low, the MPU boots from chip select 0 of
the EMIFS (Flash) interface. When MPU_BOOT is high, the MPU boots from chip
select 3 of EMIFS.
I
DMA_REQ_OBS
L14
H12
DMA request external observation output.
O
IRQ_OBS
M18
J13
IRQ external observation output.
O
EXT_DMA_REQ1
T19
N15
I
EXT_DMA_REQ0
N15
N17
External DMA requests. EXT_DMA_REQ0 and EXT_DMA_REQ1 provide two
DMA request inputs which external devices may use to trigger System DMA
transfers. The System DMA must be configured in software to respond to these
external requests.
BFAIL/EXT_FIQ
W19
R14
Battery power failure and external FIQ interrupt input. BFAIL/EXT_FIQ may be
used to gate certain input pins when battery power is low or failing. The pins which
may be gated are configured via software. This pin can also optionally be used as
an external FIQ interrupt source to the MPU. The function of this pin is
configurable via software.
I
EXT_MASTER_REQ
R10
N8
External master request. If the 12-MHz clock is provided by an external device
instead of using the on-chip oscillator, a high level on this output indicates to the
external device that the clock must be driven. A low level indicates that the
OMAP5910 device is in sleep mode and the 12-MHz clock is not necessary.
O
LOW_PWR
T20
L13
Low-power request output. This active-high output indicates that the OMAP5910
device is in a low-power sleep mode. During reset and functional modes,
LOW_PWR is driven low. This signal can be used to indicate a low-power state to
external power management devices in a system or it can be used as a chip
select to external SDRAM memory to minimize current consumption while the
SDRAM is in self-refresh and the OMAP5910 device is in sleep mode.
O
CONF
V18
T16
Configuration input. CONF selects reserved factory test modes. CONF should
always be pulled low during device operation.
I
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
44
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
SIGNAL
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
Interrupts and Miscellaneous Control and Configuration Pins (Continued)
STAT_VAL/WKUP
Y17
U14
Static Valid / Chip wake-up input. STAT_VAL/WKUP is also sampled at reset to
select the MMC/SD port. If the MMC/SD peripheral is to be used, this pin must be
pulled high during reset. It is recommended that this pin be pulled high during
reset regardless of whether or not MMC/SD will be used.
I
RST_HOST_OUT
P14
U13
Reset Host output. A software controllable Reset or Shutdown output to an
external device.
O
RSVD
E5
N11
Reserved pin. This pin must be left unconnected.
--
VSS§
A11,
A13,
A21,
B1,
B2,
B5,
B7,
B16,
B18,
E2,
F20,
G1,
J20,
K2,
K20,
N1,
R21,
U2,
U20,
V5,
V12,
W20,
Y3,
Y15,
AA1,
AA7,
AA21
G9,
H9,
N5,
H8,
G11,
M6,
L11,
K8,
J12,
J9,
G7,
E5,
J7,
J8,
J6,
J10,
K10,
H10,
F12,
L7,
F6,
L9,
K9,
M12,
E13,
J11,
N13
Ground. Common ground return for all core and I/O voltage supplies.
power
CVDD‡
A9,
F2,
P12,
Y20
E8,
E2,
T17,
P10
Core supply voltage. Supplies power to OMAP5910 core logic and low-voltage
sections of I/O.
power
CVDD1‡
A3
B3
Core Supply Voltage 1. Supplies power to the on-chip shared SRAM memory
(192k-Bytes).
power
CVDD2‡
Y1,
AA3
K7,
L8
Core Supply Voltage 2. Supplies power to the MPU subsystem logic and memory.
power
CVDD3‡
B13,
B20,
J21,
R20
F10,
G10,
H11,
K11
Core Supply Voltage 3. Supplies power to the DSP subsystem logic and memory.
power
CVDD4‡
M2
K2
Core Supply Voltage 4. Supplies power to the DPLL which provides internal clocks
to the core and peripherals (excluding USB peripherals). NOTE: The voltage to
this supply pin should be kept as clean as possible to maximize performance.
power
Power Supplies
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
45
Introduction
Table 2--4. Signal Description (Continued)
GZG
BALL
GDY
BALL
CVDDA‡
Y21
DVDD1
DESCRIPTION
TYPE†
R15
Analog supply voltage. Supplies power to ULPD DPLL which provides an internal
clock to the USB peripherals. NOTE: The voltage to this supply pin should be kept
as clean as possible to maximize performance.
power
A15,
A19,
E21,
L21,
U21,
AA11,
Y16
C12,
A14,
E14,
H13,
N16,
P9,
T12
I/O Supply Voltage 1. Supplies power to the majority of peripheral I/O buffers.
DVDD1 may be connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if the same
operating voltage is desired.
power
DVDD2
AA2
U3
I/O Supply Voltage 2. Supplies power to the internal USB transceiver buffers.
DVDD2 may optionally be used for USB connect and disconnect detection by
connecting DVDD2 to the power from the USB bus in the system. DVDD2 may be
connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage
is desired.
power
DVDD3
Y7
N7
I/O Supply Voltage 3. Supplies power to the MCSI2 and McBSP2 peripheral I/O
buffers as well as GPIO[9:8] I/O buffers. The DVDD3 supply may operate within a
high-voltage or low-voltage range (see Section 5.2 for operating conditions).
DVDD3 may be connected in common with the other DVDD supplies if the same
operating voltage is desired.
power
DVDD4
A1,
A5,
A7,
B10,
B12
D3,
D5,
A5,
D8,
E10
I/O Supply Voltage 4. Supplies power to the SDRAM interface I/O buffers. The
DVDD4 supply may operate within a high-voltage or low-voltage range (see
Section 5.2 for operating conditions). DVDD4 may be connected in common with
the other DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is desired.
power
DVDD5
C2,
E1,
H2,
L1,
P3,
R1,
V2
H7,
D1,
F1,
K6,
L2,
L3,
U1
I/O Supply Voltage 5. Supplies power to the FLASH interface I/O buffers. The
DVDD5 supply may operate within a high-voltage or low-voltage range (see
Section 5.2 for operating conditions). DVDD5 may be connected in common with
the other DVDD supplies if the same operating voltage is desired.
power
SIGNAL
Power Supplies (Continued)
†
I = Input, O = Output, Z = High-Impedance
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V). During system prototyping phases, it may be useful to maintain
a capability for independent measurement of core supply currents to facilitate power optimization experiments.
§ See Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2 for special V
SS considerations with oscillator circuits.
‡
46
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SDRAM
Memories
Flash and
SRAM
Memories
I
M
I
F
E
M
I
F
F
32
ETM9 †
Cache, MMUs)
Cache, Data
(Instruction
(TI925T)
MPU Core
Memory Interface
Traffic Controller (TC)
32
32
32
LCD
I/F
16
DMA
System
32
32
Bridge
Peripheral
MPU
16
OSC
12 MHz 32 kHz Clock Reset
or 13 MHz
OSC
Timers (3)
Watchdog Timer
Level 1/2 Interrupt Handlers
DSP Private Peripherals
32
MMU
I/F and
Local Bus
Timers (3)
Watchdog Timer
Level 1/2 Interrupt Handlers
Configuration Registers
MPU Private Peripherals
MPU Private
Peripheral Bus
32
External Clock
Requests
32
32
MPU Public
Peripheral Bus
DSP Public (Shared) Peripheral Bus
Clock/Reset/Power Management
32
MPU
Interface
16
Controller
MPU Bus
† ETM9 pins are shared with the Camera Interface.
JTAG/
Emulation
I/F
SRAM
192K Bytes
32
16
16
E
M
I
F
S
32
32
TMS320C55x DSP
(Instruction Cache, SARAM,
DARAM, DMA,
H/W Accelerators)
16
DSP
Private Peripheral Bus
RTC
32-kHz Timer
Camera I/F
MPUIO
HDQ/1--Wire I/F
PWT I/F
PWL I/F
Keyboard I/F
MMC/SD
LPG x2
FAC
I2 C I/F
MICROWIRE I/F
USB Host
USB Function
McBSP2
MPU Public Peripherals
UART1, UART2, UART3
GPIO I/F
Mailboxes
MPU/DSP Shared Peripherals
MCSI1
MCSI2
McBSP3
McBSP1
DSP Public Peripherals
3
DSP
MMU
OMAP5910
(289-Ball Package)
Functional Overview
Functional Overview
The following functional overview is based on the block diagram in Figure 3--1.
Figure 3--1. OMAP5910 Functional Block Diagram
SPRS197D
47
Functional Overview
3.1
Functional Block Diagram Features
The OMAP5910 device includes the following functional blocks:
•
ARM9TDMI-based MPU core
-----
•
C55x DSP subsystem
-------
48K-word single-access RAM (SARAM) (96K bytes)
32K-word dual-access RAM (DARAM) (64K bytes)
16K-word ROM (32K bytes)
24K-byte instruction cache
Six-channel DMA controller
Hardware Accelerators for DCT, iDCT, pixel interpolation, and motion estimation
•
Nine-channel system DMA controller
•
Traffic controller providing shared access to three memory interfaces:
----
EMIFF External Memory Interface providing 16-bit interface to 64M bytes of standard SDRAM
EMIFS External Memory Interface providing 16-bit interface to 128M bytes of Flash, ROM, or
asynchronous memories
Internal Memory Interface (IMIF) providing 32-bit interface to 192K bytes of internal SRAM
•
DSP Memory Management Unit (MMU) configured by the MPU
•
MPU Interface (MPUI) allowing MPU and System DMA to access DSP subsystem memory and DSP
public peripherals
•
Local Bus Interface (with MMU) allowing USB host peripheral direct access to system memories.
•
DSP Private Peripherals (accessible only by the DSP)
----
•
•
Three 32-bit general-purpose timers
Watchdog timer
Level 1/Level 2 interrupt handlers
DSP Public Peripherals (accessible by the DSP, DSP DMA, and the MPU via the MPU interface)
---
Two Multichannel Buffered Serial Ports (McBSPs)
Two Multichannel Serial Interfaces (MCSIs) ideal for voice data
MPU Private Peripherals (accessible only by the MPU)
------
48
16K-byte instruction cache and 8K-byte data cache
Memory Management Units (MMUs) for Instruction and Data
Two 64-entry Translation Look-Aside Buffers (TLBs) for MMUs
17-word write buffer
Three 32-bit general-purpose timers
Watchdog Timer
Level 1/Level 2 interrupt handlers
Configuration Registers for pin-multiplexing and other device-level configurations
LCD controller supporting monochrome panels (STN) and color panels (STN or TFT)
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
•
MPU Public Peripherals (accessible by the MPU and the System DMA)
------------------
•
MPU/DSP Shared Peripherals (Controlling processor is selected by the MPU)
----
•
Four Mailboxes for interprocessor communications
Up to 14 General-Purpose I/O pins with interrupt capability to either processor
Three UARTs (UART3 has SIR mode for IrDA functionality)
Clock/Reset/Power Management modules
-----
•
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)
USB Function interface (optional internal transceiver shared with USB Host interface)
USB Host interface with up to three ports (optional internal transceiver shared with USB Function
interface)
One integrated USB transceiver for either host or Function
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Multi-mode master and slave interface
MICROWIRE serial interface
Camera interface providing connectivity to CMOS image sensors
Up to ten MPU general-purpose I/Os (MPUIOs)
32-kHz timer for use with MPU OS
Pulse-Width Tone (PWT) module for tone generation
Pulse-Width Light (PWL) module for LCD backlight control
Keyboard interface (6 x 5 or 8 x 8 matrix)
Multimedia Card or Secure Digital interface (MMC/SD)
Two LED Pulse Generator modules (LPG)
Real-Time Clock module (RTC)
HDQ or 1-Wire Master interface for serial communication to battery management devices
Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC)
Configurable Digital Phase-Locked Loop (DPLL) providing clocks to MPU, DSP, and TC
Dedicated DPLL with a 12 MHz input clock, or dedicated APLL with a 13 MHz input clock providing
clocking to USB peripherals
Integrated base (12- or 13-MHz) and 32-kHz oscillators utilizing external crystals
Reset, clocking and idle/sleep controls for power management
JTAG and ETM9 interfaces for emulation and debug
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
49
Functional Overview
3.2
MPU Memory Maps
3.2.1 MPU Global Memory Map
The MPU has a unified address space. Therefore, the internal and external memories for program and data
as well as peripheral registers and configuration registers are all accessed within the same address space.
The MPU space is always addressed using byte addressing. Table 3--1 provides a high level illustration of
the entire MPU addressable space. Further detail regarding the peripheral and configuration registers is
provided in Sections 3.2.2, 3.15, and 3.17.
Table 3--1. OMAP5910 MPU Global Memory Map
BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
ON-CHIP
EXTERNAL INTERFACE
EMIFS (Flash CS0)
32M bytes
0x0000 0000 -- 0x01FF FFFF
0x0200 0000 -- 0x03FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS (Flash CS1)
32M bytes
0x0400 0000 -- 0x05FF FFFF
0x0600 0000 -- 0x07FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS (Flash CS2)
32M bytes
0x0800 0000 -- 0x09FF FFFF
0x0A00 0000 -- 0x0BFF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS (Flash CS3)
32M bytes
0x0C00 0000 -- 0x0DFF FFFF
0x0E00 0000 -- 0x0FFF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFF (SDRAM)
64M bytes
0x1000 0000 -- 0x13FF FFFF
0x1400 0000 -- 0x1FFF FFFF
0x2000 0000 -- 0x2002 FFFF
Reserved
IMIF Internal SRAM
192K bytes
0x2003 0000 -- 0x2FFF FFFF
0x3000 0000 -- 0x5FFF FFFF
Reserved
Local Bus space for USB Host
0x6000 0000 -- 0xDFFF FFFF
Reserved
DSP public memory space
0xE000 0000 -- 0xE0FF FFFF
(accessible via MPUI)
0xE100 0000 -- 0xEFFF FFFF
DSP public peripherals
(accessible via MPUI)
16M bytes
0xF000 0000 -- 0xFFFA FFFF
0xFFFB 0000 -- 0xFFFB FFFF
MPU public
0xFFFC 0000 -- 0xFFFC FFFF
MPU/DSP shared peripherals
0xFFFD 0000 -- 0xFFFE FFFF
MPU private peripherals
0xFFFF 0000 -- 0xFFFF FFFF
†
Reserved
peripherals†
Reserved
Some peripherals within this memory region are actually shared peripherals (UART 1,2,3).
50
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.2.2 MPU Subsystem Registers Memory Map
The MPU accesses peripheral and configuration registers in the same way that internal and external memory
is accessed. The following tables specify the MPU base addresses where each set of registers is accessed.
All accesses to these registers must utilize the appropriate access width (8-, 16-, or 32-bit-wide accesses) as
indicated in the tables. Accessing registers with the incorrect access width cause unexpected results including
a TI Peripheral Bus (TIPB) bus error and associated TIPB interrupt.
Refer to Sections 3.15, 3.16, and 3.17 for more detail about each of these register sets including individual
register addresses, register names, descriptions, supported access types (read, write or read/write) and reset
values.
Table 3--2. MPU Private Peripheral Registers
MPU BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS
WIDTH
0xFFFE 0000
MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
32
0xFFFE C000
LCD Controller Registers
32
0xFFFE C500
MPU Timer1 Registers
32
0xFFFE C600
MPU Timer2 Registers
32
0xFFFE C700
MPU Timer3 Registers
32
0xFFFE C800
MPU Watchdog Timer Registers
32
0xFFFE CB00
MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers
32
0xFFFE D800
System DMA Controller Registers
16
Table 3--3. MPU Public Peripheral Registers
MPU BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS
WIDTH
0xFFFB 1000
McBSP2 Registers
16
0xFFFB 3000
MICROWIRE Registers
16
0xFFFB 3800
I2C Registers
16
0xFFFB 4000
USB Function Registers
16
0xFFFB 4800
RTC Registers
8
0xFFFB 5000
MPUIO/Keyboard Registers
16
0xFFFB 5800
Pulse Width Light (PWL) Registers
8
0xFFFB 6000
Pulse Width Tone (PWT) Registers
8
0xFFFB 6800
Camera Interface Registers
32
0xFFFB 7800
MMC/SD Registers
16
0xFFFB 9000
Timer 32k Registers
32
0xFFFB A000
USB Host Registers
32
0xFFFB A800
Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC) Registers
16
0xFFFB C000
HDQ/1-Wire Registers
8
0xFFFB D000
LED Pulse Generator 1 (LPG1) Registers
8
0xFFFB D800
LED Pulse Generator 2 (LPG2) Registers
8
Table 3--4. MPU/DSP Shared Peripheral Registers
MPU BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS
WIDTH
0xFFFB 0000
UART1 Registers
8
0xFFFB 0800
UART2 Registers
8
0xFFFB 9800
UART3 Registers
8
0xFFFC E000
GPIO Interface Registers
16
0xFFFC F000
Mailbox Registers
16
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
51
Functional Overview
Table 3--5. DSP Public Peripheral Registers (Accessible via MPUI Port)
MPU BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS
WIDTH
0xE101 1800
McBSP1 Registers
16
0xE101 2000
MCSI2 Registers
16
0xE101 2800
MCSI1 Registers
16
0xE101 7000
McBSP3 Registers
16
Table 3--6. MPU Configuration Registers
3.3
MPU BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS
WIDTH
0xFFFB C800
MPU UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers
16
0xFFFE 0800
Ultra Low-Power Device (ULPD) Registers
16
0xFFFE 1000
OMAP5910 Configuration Registers
32
0xFFFE 1800
Device Die Identification Registers
32
0xFFFE C100
Local Bus Control Registers
32
0xFFFE C200
Local Bus MMU Registers
32
0xFFFE C900
MPU Interface (MPUI) Registers
32
0xFFFE CA00
TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers
32
0xFFFE CC00
Traffic Controller Registers
32
0xFFFE CE00
MPU Clock/Reset/Power Control Registers
32
0xFFFE CF00
DPLL1 Configuration Registers
32
0xFFFE D200
DSP MMU Registers
32
0xFFFE D300
TIPB (Public) Bridge 2 Configuration Registers
16
0xFFFE D400
JTAG Identification Registers
32
DSP Memory Maps
The DSP supports a unified program/data memory map (program and data accesses are made to the same
physical space), however peripheral registers are located in a separate I/O space which is accessed via the
DSP’s port instructions.
3.3.1 DSP Global Memory Map
The DSP Subsystem contains 160K bytes of on-chip SRAM (64K bytes of DARAM and 96K bytes of SARAM).
The MPU also has access to these memories via the MPUI (MPU Interface) port. The DSP also has access
to the shared system SRAM (192K bytes) and both EMIF spaces (EMIFF and EMIFS) via the DSP Memory
Management Unit (MMU) which is configured by the MPU.
Table 3--7 shows the high-level program/data memory map for the DSP subsystem. DSP data accesses
utilize 16-bit word addresses while DSP program fetches utilize byte addressing.
Table 3--7. DSP Global Memory Map
BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
WORD ADDRESS RANGE
INTERNAL MEMORY
0x00 0000 -- 0x00 FFFF
0x00 0000 -- 0x00 7FFF
DARAM
64K bytes
0x01 0000 -- 0x02 7FFF
0x00 8000 -- 0x01 3FFF
SARAM
96K bytes
0x02 8000 -- 0x04 FFFF
0x01 4000 -- 0x02 7FFF
Reserved
0x05 0000 -- 0xFF 7FFF
0x02 8000 -- 0x7F BFFF
0xFF 8000 -- 0xFF FFFF
†
52
0x7F C000 -- 0x7F FFFF
EXTERNAL MEMORY†
Managed by DSP MMU
PDROM
(MPNMC = 0)
Managed by DSP MMU
(MPNMC =1)
This space could be external memory or internal shared system memory depending on the DSP MMU configuration.
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.3.2 On-Chip Dual-Access RAM (DARAM)
The DARAM is located in the byte address range 000000h--00FFFFh and is composed of eight blocks of
8K bytes each (see Table 3--8). Each DARAM block can perform two accesses per cycle (two reads, two
writes, or a read and a write).
Table 3--8. DARAM Blocks
BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
WORD ADDRESS RANGE
MEMORY BLOCK
0x00 0000 -- 0x00 1FFF
0x00 0000 -- 0x00 0FFF
DARAM 0
0x00 2000 -- 0x00 3FFF
0x00 1000 -- 0x001FFF
DARAM 1
0x00 4000 -- 0x00 5FFF
0x00 2000 -- 0x00 2FFF
DARAM 2
0x00 6000 -- 0x00 7FFF
0x00 3000 -- 0x00 3FFF
DARAM 3
0x00 8000 -- 0x00 9FFF
0x00 4000 -- 0x00 4FFF
DARAM 4
0x00 A000 -- 0x00 BFFF
0x00 5000 -- 0x00 5FFF
DARAM 5
0x00 C000 -- 0x00 DFFF
0x00 6000 -- 0x00 6FFF
DARAM 6
0x00 E000 -- 0x00 FFFF
0x00 7000 -- 0x00 7FFF
DARAM 7
3.3.3 On-Chip Single-Access RAM (SARAM)
The SARAM is located at the byte address range 010000h--03FFFFh and is composed of 12 blocks of 8K bytes
each (see Table 3--9). Each SARAM block can perform one access per cycle (one read or one write).
Table 3--9. SARAM Blocks
BYTE ADDRESS RANGE
WORD ADDRESS RANGE
MEMORY BLOCK
0x01 0000 -- 0x01 1FFF
0x00 8000 -- 0x00 8FFF
SARAM 0
0x01 2000 -- 0x01 3FFF
0x00 9000 -- 0x00 9FFF
SARAM 1
0x01 4000 -- 0x01 5FFF
0x00 A000 -- 0x00 AFFF
SARAM 2
0x01 6000 -- 0x01 7FFF
0x00 B000 -- 0x00 BFFF
SARAM 3
0x01 8000 -- 0x01 9FFF
0x00 C000 -- 0x00 CFFF
SARAM 4
0x01 A000 -- 0x01 BFFF
0x00 D000 -- 0x00 DFFF
SARAM 5
0x01 C000 -- 0x01 DFFF
0x00 E000 -- 0x00 EFFF
SARAM 6
0x01 E000 -- 0x01 FFFF
0x00 F000 -- 0x00 FFFF
SARAM 7
0x02 0000 -- 0x02 1FFF
0x01 0000 -- 0x01 0FFF
SARAM 8
0x02 2000 -- 0x02 3FFF
0x01 1000 -- 0x01 1FFF
SARAM 9
0x02 4000 -- 0x02 5FFF
0x01 2000 -- 0x01 2FFF
SARAM 10
0x02 6000 -- 0x02 7FFF
0x01 3000 -- 0x01 3FFF
SARAM 11
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
53
Functional Overview
3.3.4 DSP I/O Space Memory Map
The DSP I/O space is a separate address space from the data/program memory space. The I/O space is
accessed via the DSP’s port instructions. The Public and Shared peripheral registers are also accessible by
the MPU through the MPUI (MPU Interface) port. The DSP I/O space is accessed using 16-bit word
addresses. The following tables specify the DSP base addresses where each set of registers is accessed.
All accesses to these registers must utilize the appropriate access width as indicated in the tables. Accessing
registers with the incorrect access width may cause unexpected results including a TI Peripheral Bus (TIPB)
bus error and associated TIPB interrupt.
Refer to Sections 3.16 and 3.17 for more detail about each of these register sets including individual register
addresses, register names, descriptions, supported access types (read, write or read/write) and reset values.
Table 3--10. DSP Private Peripheral Registers
DSP BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS WIDTH
0x00 0C00
DSP DMA Controller Registers
16
0x00 2800
DSP Timer1 Registers
16
0x00 2C00
DSP Timer2 Registers
16
0x00 3000
DSP Timer3 Registers
16
0x00 3400
DSP Watchdog Timer Registers
16
0x00 3800
DSP Interrupt Interface Registers
16
0x00 4800
Level2 Interrupt Handler Registers
16
Table 3--11. DSP Public Peripheral Registers
DSP BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS WIDTH
0x00 8C00
McBSP1 Registers
16
0x00 9000
MCSI2 Registers
16
0x00 9400
MCSI1 Registers
16
0x00 B800
McBSP3 Registers
16
Table 3--12. DSP/MPU Shared Peripheral Registers
DSP BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS WIDTH
0x00 8000
UART1 Registers
8
0x00 8400
UART2 Registers
8
0x00 CC00
UART3 Registers
8
0x00 F000
GPIO Interface Registers
16
0x00 F800
Mailbox Registers
16
Table 3--13. DSP Configuration Registers
54
SPRS197D
DSP BASE ADDRESS
REGISTER SET
ACCESS WIDTH
0x00 0000
DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Registers
16
0x00 0800
DSP EMIF Configuration Registers
16
0x00 1400
DSP I-Cache Registers
16
0x00 4000
DSP Clock Mode Registers
16
0x00 E400
DSP UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers
16
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.4
DSP External Memory (Managed by MMU)
When the DSP MMU is off, the 24 address lines are directly copied to the traffic controller without any
modification. There is no virtual-to-physical address translation. All the addresses between 0x05 0000 and
0x00FF F800 (0x00FF FFFF if DSP bit MP/MC = 1) are redirected to the first sector of flash (CS0) in the shared
memory space (shared by MPU and DSP).
Byte
Address
0x00 0000
DSP Memory
Internal RAM
0x05 0000
Shared Memory
EMIFS
(FLASH CS0)
Byte
Address
0x0000 0000
0x01FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS
(FLASH CS1)
0x0400 0000
0x05FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS
(FLASH CS2)
0xFF 8000
ROM
0xFF FFFF
0x0800 0000
0x09FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS
(FLASH CS3)
0x0C00 0000
0x0DFF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFF
(SDRAM)
0x1000 0000
0x13FF FFFF
Reserved
IMIF
(Internal SRAM)
0x2000 0000
0x2002 FFFF
Figure 3--2. DSP MMU Off
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
55
Functional Overview
When the DSP MMU is on, the 24 address lines (virtual address) are relocated within a physical 32-bit address
by the DSP MMU. The DSP MMU is controlled by the MPU.
Byte
Address
0x00 0000
Shared Memory
DSP Memory
EMIFS
(FLASH CS0)
Internal RAM
0x05 0000
Byte
Address
0x0000 0000
0x01FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS
(FLASH CS1)
0x0400 0000
0x05FF FFFF
Reserved
FLASH CS0
0xFF 8000
ROM
0xFF FFFF
EMIFS
(FLASH CS2)
0x0800 0000
0x09FF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFS
(FLASH CS3)
0x0C00 0000
0x0DFF FFFF
Reserved
EMIFF
(SDRAM)
0x1000 0000
0x13FF FFFF
Reserved
IMIF
(Internal SRAM)
0x2000 0000
0x2002 FFFF
Figure 3--3. DSP MMU On
56
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.5
MPU and DSP Private Peripherals
The MPU and DSP each have their own separate private peripheral bus. Peripherals on each of these private
buses may only be accessed by their respective processors. For instance, the DSP timers on the DSP private
peripheral bus are not accessible by the MPU or the System DMA controller.
3.5.1 Timers
The MPU and DSP each have their own three 32-bit timers available on their respective private TI Peripheral
Bus (TIPB). These timers are used by the operating systems to provide general-purpose housekeeping
functions, or in the case of the DSP, to also provide synchronization of real-time processing functions. These
timers may be configured either in auto-reload or one-shot mode with on-the-fly read capability. The timers
generate an interrupt to the respective processor (MPU or DSP) when the timer’s down-counter is equal to
zero.
3.5.2 32k Timer (MPU only)
The MPU has one 32k Timer that runs on the 32-kHz clock as opposed to the MPU subsystem domain clock.
The MPU subsystem operating system (OS) requires interrupts at regular time intervals for OS scheduling
purpose (typically 1 ms to 30 ms). These time intervals can be generated using the MPU’s three 32-bit
general-purpose timers. However, these timers cannot be used in sleep modes when the system clock is not
operating. Therefore, a 32-kHz clock-based timer is needed to provide the required OS timing interval.
3.5.3 Watchdog Timer
The MPU and DSP each have a single Watchdog Timer. Each watchdog timer can be configured as either
a watchdog timer or a general-purpose timer.
A watchdog timer requires that the MPU or DSP software or OS periodically write to the appropriate WDT count
register before the counter underflows. If the counter underflows, the WDT generates a reset to the
appropriate processor (MPU or DSP). The DSP WDT resets only the DSP processor while the MPU WDT
resets both processors (MPU and DSP). The watchdog timers are useful for detecting user programs that are
stuck in an infinite loop, resulting in loss of program control or in a runaway condition.
When used as a general-purpose timer, the WDT is a 16-bit timer configurable either in autoreload or one-shot
mode with on-the-fly read capability. The timer generates an interrupt to the respective processor (MPU or
DSP) when the timer’s down-counter is equal to zero.
3.5.4 Interrupt Handlers
The MPU and DSP each have two levels of interrupt handling, allowing up to 39 interrupts to the DSP and
63 interrupts to the MPU.
3.5.5 LCD Controller
The OMAP5910 device includes an LCD Controller that interfaces with most industry-standard LCDs. The
LCD Controller is configured by the MPU and utilizes a dedicated channel on the System DMA to transfer data
from the frame buffer. The frame buffer can be implemented using the internal shared SRAM (192K bytes)
or optionally using external SDRAM via the EMIFF. Using the frame buffer as its data source, the System DMA
must provide data to the FIFO at the front end of the LCD controller data path at a rate sufficient to support
the chosen display mode and resolution. Optimal performance is achieved when using the internal SRAM as
the frame buffer.
The panel size is programmable, and can be any width (line length) from 16 to 1024 pixels in 16-pixel
increments. The number of lines is set by programming the total number of pixels in the LCD. The total frame
size is programmable up to 1024 x 1024. However, frame sizes and frame rates supported in specific
applications will depend upon the available memory bandwidth allowed by the specific application as well as
the maximum configurable pixel clock rate.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
57
Functional Overview
The screen is intended to be mapped to the frame buffer as one contiguous block where each horizontal line
of pixels is mapped to a set of consecutive bytes of words in the frame memory.
The principle features of the LCD controller are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.6
Dedicated 64-entry x 16-bit FIFO
Dedicated LCD DMA channel for LCD
Programmable display including support for 2-, 4-, 8-, 12-, and 16-bit graphics modes
Programmable display resolutions up to 1024 pixels by 1024 lines (assuming sufficient system bandwidth)
Support for passive monochrome (STN) displays
Support for passive color (STN) displays
Support for active color (TFT) displays
Patented dithering algorithm, providing:
-- 15 grayscale levels for monochrome passive displays
-- 3375 colors for color passive displays
-- 65536 colors for active color displays
-- 256-entry x 12-bit palette
Programmable pixel rate
Pixel clock plus horizontal and vertical synchronization signals
ac-bias drive signal
Active display enable signal
256-entry x 12-bit palette
Dual-frame buffers
MPU Public Peripherals
Peripherals on the MPU Public Peripheral bus may only be accessed by the MPU and the System DMA
Controller, which is configured by the MPU. This bus is called a public bus because it is accessible by the
System DMA controller. The DSP cannot access peripherals on this bus.
3.6.1 USB Host Controller
The OMAP5910 USB host controller communicates with USB devices at the USB low-speed (1.5M-bit/s
maximum) and full-speed (12M-bit/s maximum) data rates. The controller is USB compliant. For additional
information, see the Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0 and the OpenHCI – Open Host Controller
Interface Specification for USB, Release 1.0a, hereafter called the OHCI Specification for USB.
The OMAP5910 USB host controller implements the register set and makes use of the memory data structures
which are defined in the OHCI Specification for USB. These registers and data structures are the mechanism
by which a USB host controller driver software package may control the OMAP5910 USB host controller.
The USB host controller is connected to the MPU public peripheral bus for MPU access to registers. The USB
host controller gains access to the data structures in system memory via the internal Local Bus interface. The
OMAP5910 device implements a variety of signal multiplexing options that allows use of the USB host
controller with any of the three available USB interfaces on the device. One of these interfaces utilizes an
integrated USB transceiver, while the other two require external transceivers. The host controller can support
up to three downstream ports.
The OMAP5910 USB host controller implementation does not implement every aspect of the functionality
defined in the OHCI Specification for USB. The differences focus on power switching, overcurrent reporting,
and the OHCI ownership change interrupt. Other restrictions are imposed by OMAP5910 system memory
addressing mechanisms and the effects of the OMAP5910 pin-multiplexing options.
58
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.6.2 USB Function Peripheral
The USB Function peripheral provides a full-speed Function interface between the MPU and the USB wire.
The module handles USB transactions with minimal MPU intervention and is fully compliant to USB standard.
The USB Function module supports one control endpoint (EP0), up to 15 IN endpoints, and up to 15 OUT
endpoints. The exact endpoint configuration is software-programmable. The specific items of a configuration
for each endpoint are: the size in bytes, the direction (IN, OUT), the type (bulk/interrupt or isochronous), and
the associated endpoint number. The USB Function module also supports the use of three System DMA
channels for IN endpoints and three System DMA channels for OUT endpoints for either bulk/interrupt or
isochronous transactions.
The OMAP5910 device implements a variety of signal-multiplexing options that allow use of the USB Function
peripheral with any one of the three available USB interfaces on the device. One of these interfaces utilizes
an integrated USB transceiver, while the other two require external transceivers. The USB Function can only
utilize one of these ports at a time. The other ports may be used simultaneously by the USB Host controller
peripheral.
3.6.3 Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)
The Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) provides a high-speed, full-duplex serial port that allow direct
interface to audio codecs, and various other system devices. The MPU public peripheral bus has access to
one McBSP, which is McBSP2.
The McBSP provides:
•
•
•
Full-duplex communication
Double-buffer data registers, which allow a continuous data stream
Independent framing and clocking for receive and transmit
In addition, the McBSP has the following capabilities:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Direct interface to:
-- T1/E1 framers
-- MVIP switching-compatible and ST-BUS compliant devices
-- IOM-2 compliant device
-- AC97-compliant device
-- I2S-compliant device
-- Serial peripheral interface (SPI)
Multichannel transmit and receive of up to 128 channels
A wide selection of data sizes, including: 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, or 32 bits
μ-law and A-law companding
Programmable polarity for both frame synchronization and data clocks
Programmable internal clock and frame generation
NOTE: All of the standard McBSP pins are not necessarily available on every McBSP on the
OMAP5910 device.
In the case of the MPU’s McBSP2, the following pins are available:
•
•
•
CLKX and CLKR (transmit and receive clocks)
FSX and FSR (transmit and receive frame syncs)
DX and RX (transmit and receive data)
The functional clock to the McBSP2 peripheral is configurable to the DPLL clock rate with a divider of 1, 2,
4, or 8.
McBSP2 does not have a CLKS external clock reference pin. Therefore, if the McBSP2 Sample Rate
Generator (SRG) is used, the only reference clock available to the Sample Rate Generator is a programmable
clock from the MPU domain.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
59
Functional Overview
3.6.4 I 2C Master/Slave Interface
The I2C Master/Slave Interface is compliant to Philips I 2C-Bus Specification Version 2.1 master bus. The I2C
controller supports the multimaster mode, which allows more than one device capable of controlling the bus
to be connected to it. Including the OMAP5910 device, each I2C device is recognized by a unique address
and can operate as either transmitter or receiver, depending on the function of the device. In addition to being
a transmitter or receiver, a device connected to the I2C bus™ can also be considered as master or slave when
performing data transfers.
The I2C Interface supports the following features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compliant to Philips I 2C-Bus Specification Version 2.1
Support standard mode (up to 100K bits/s) and Fast mode (up to 400K bits/s)
7-bit and 10-bit device addressing modes
General call
Start/Restart/Stop
Multimaster transmitter/slave receiver mode
Multimaster receiver/slave transmitter mode
Combined master transmit/receive and receive/transmit mode
Built-in FIFO for buffered read or write
Module enable/disable capability
Programmable clock generation
Supports use of two DMA channels
The I2C Interface does not support the following features:
•
•
High-speed (HS) mode for transfer rates up to 3.4M bits
C-bus compatibility mode
3.6.5 MICROWIRE Serial Interface
The MICROWIRE interface is a serial synchronous interface that can drive up to four serial external
components. The interface is compatible with the MICROWIRE standard and is seen as the master.
MICROWIRE is typically used to transmit control and status information to external peripheral devices or to
transmit data to or from small nonvolatile memories such as serial EEPROMs or serial Flash devices.
3.6.6 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Interface
The MMC/SD Interface controller provides an interface to MMC or SD memory cards. The controller handles
MMC/SD transactions with minimal MPU intervention, allowing optional use of two system DMA channels for
transfer of data.
The following combination of external devices is supported:
•
One or more MMC memory cards sharing the same bus.
•
One single SD memory card.
NOTE: Other combinations such as two SD cards or one MMC card with one SD card are not supported.
The MPU software must manage transaction semantics, while the MMC/SD controller deals with MMC/SD
protocol at the transmission level: packing data, adding the CRC, generating the start/end bit and checking
for syntactical correctness. SD mode wide bus width is also supported.
I2C Bus is a trademark of Philips Electronics N.V.
60
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.6.7 HDQ/1-Wire Interface
This module allows implementation of both HDQ and the 1-Wire protocols. These protocols use a single wire
to communicate between a master and a slave. The HDQ/1-Wire pin is open-drain and requires an external
pullup resistor.
HDQ and 1-Wire interfaces can be found on commercially available battery management and power
management devices. The interface can be used to send command and status information between
OMAP5910 and such a battery or power management device.
3.6.8 Camera Interface
The camera interface is an 8-bit external port which may be used to accept data from an external camera
sensor. The interface handles multiple image formats synchronized on vertical and horizontal synchronization
signals. Data transfer to the camera interface may be done synchronously or asynchronously.
The camera interface module converts the 8-bit data transfers into 32-bit words and utilizes a 128-word buffer
to facilitate efficient data transfer to memory. Data may be transferred from the camera interface buffer to
internal memory by the system DMA controller or directly by the MPU. The interface may utilize an externally
driven clock at rates up to 13 MHz or may optionally provide an output reference clock at rates of 8 MHz,
9.6 MHz, or 24 MHz when the camera interface is configured for clocking from the internal 48 MHz. When the
camera interface is configured to obtain clocking from the base oscillator frequency (12 MHz or 13 MHz), the
camera interface clock is configurable to operate at the base frequency or one half the base frequency (6 MHz
or 6.5 MHz).
3.6.9 MPUIO/Keyboard Interface
The MPUIO pins may be used as either general-purpose I/O for the MPU or as a Keyboard Interface to a 6 x 5
or 8 x 8 keypad array. If a 6 x 5 keypad array is implemented, the unused MPUIO pins may be used as GPIO.
When used as GPIO, each pin may be configured individually as either an output or an input, and they may
be individually configured to generate MPU interrupts based on a level change (falling or rising) after a
debouncing process. These MPUIO interrupts may be used to wake up the device from deep-sleep mode
using the 32-kHz clock.
The MPUIO pins may also be used as a keyboard interface. The keyboard interface provides the following
pins:
•
•
KB.R[7:0] input pins for row lines
KB.C[7:0] output pins for column lines
To allow key-press detection, all input pins (KB.Rx) are pulled up to DVDD and all output pins (KB.Cx) are driven
low level. The KB.R[7:0] and KB.C[7:0] pins should be connected to an external keyboard matrix such that
when a key on the matrix is pressed, the corresponding row and column lines are shorted together. Any action
on a key generates an interrupt to the MPU, which then scans the column lines in a particular sequence to
determine which key or keys have been pressed.
3.6.10
Pulse-Width Light (PWL)
The Pulse-Width Light (PWL) module provides control of the LCD or keypad backlighting by employing a
random sequence generator. This voltage-level control technique decreases the spectral power at the
modulator harmonic frequencies. The module uses a switchable 32-kHz clock.
3.6.11
Pulse-Width Tone (PWT)
The Pulse-Width Tone (PWT) module generates a modulated frequency signal for use with an external buzzer.
The frequency is programmable between 349 Hz and 5276 Hz with 12 half-tone frequencies per octave. The
volume level of the output is also programmable.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
61
Functional Overview
3.6.12
LED Pulse Generator
There are two separate LED Pulse Generator (LPG) modules. Each LPG module provides an output for an
indication LED. The blinking period is programmable between 152 ms and 4 s or the LED can be switched
on or off permanently.
3.6.13
Real-Time Clock
The Real-Time Clock (RTC) module provides an embedded RTC for use in applications which need to track
real time. This peripheral is not an ultra-low-power module—meaning that the RTC module cannot be powered
independently without powering the OMAP5910 MPU core. Therefore, if an ultra-low-power RTC is desired
for a system application, an external RTC should be used.
The RTC module has the following features:
•
•
•
•
•
3.6.14
Time information (seconds/minutes/hours) directly in BCD code
Calendar information (day/month/year/day of the week) directly in BCD code up to year 2099
Interrupts generation, periodically (1s/1m/1h/1d period) or at a precise time of the day (alarm function)
30-s time correction
Oscillator frequency calibration
Frame Adjustment Counter
The frame adjustment counter (FAC) is a simple peripheral that counts the number of rising edges of one signal
(start of frame interrupt of the USB Function) during a programmable number of rising edges of a second signal
(transmit frame synchronization of McBSP2). The FAC may only be used with these specific USB Function
and McBSP2 signals. The count value can be used by system-level software to adjust the duration of the two
time domains with respect to each other to reduce overflow and underflow. If the data being transferred is audio
data, this module can be part of a solution that reduces pops and clicks. The FAC module generates one
second-level interrupt to the MPU.
3.7
DSP Public Peripherals
Peripherals on the DSP Public Peripheral bus are directly accessible by the DSP and DSP DMA. These
peripherals may also be accessed by the MPU and System DMA Controller via the MPUI interface. The MPUI
interface must be properly configured to allow this access.
3.7.1 Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP)
The Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) provides a high-speed, full-duplex serial port that allow direct
interface to audio codecs and various other system devices. Refer to Section 3.6.3 for a list of features
provided by the McBSP. The DSP public peripheral bus has access to two McBSPs: McBSP1 and McBSP3.
NOTE: All of the standard McBSP pins are not necessarily available on every McBSP on the OMAP5910
device. In the case of the two DSP McBSPs, the following pins are available:
•
McBSP1 pins:
-----
•
McBSP3 pins:
----
62
CLKX (transmit clock)
FSX (transmit frame sync)
DX and DR (transmit and receive data)
CLKS (external reference to Sample Rate Generator)
CLKX (transmit clock)
FSX (transmit frame sync)
DX and DR (transmit and receive data)
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Because McBSP1 and McBSP3 do not have the CLKR and FSR pins available, the transmit clock and frame
sync pins (CLKX and FSX) must be used for bit clock and frame synchronization on both the transmit and
receive channels of these McBSPs.
The functional clock to McBSP1 and McBSP3 is fixed at the OMAP5910 base operating frequency (12 MHz
or 13 MHz). The bit-clock rate for these McBSPs is therefore limited to 6 or 6.5 MHz (one half the base
frequency).
Only McBSP1 has the CLKS pin available. If the sample rate generator (SRG) is used on McBSP1, the
reference clock to the SRG can be configured to be either an external reference provided on the CLKS pin,
or the internal base (12- or 13-MHz) device clock. However, if the SRG is used on McBSP3, the only reference
clock available to this SRG is the base device clock as clock reference.
3.7.2 Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI)
The multichannel serial interface (MCSI) provides flexible serial interface with multichannel transmission
capability. The MCSI allows the DSP to access a variety of external devices, such as audio codecs and other
types of analog converters. The DSP public peripheral bus has access to two MCSIs: MCSI1 and MCSI2.
These MCSIs provide full-duplex transmission and master or slave clock control. All transmission parameters
are configurable to cover the maximum number of operating conditions. The MCSIs have the following
features:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
3.8
Master or slave clock control (transmission clock and frame synchronization pulse)
Programmable transmission clock frequency (master mode) up to one half the OMAP5910 base
frequency (12 or 13 MHz)
Reception clock frequency (slave mode) of up to the base frequency (12 or 13 MHz)
Single-channel or multichannel (x16) frame structure
Programmable word length: 3 to 16 bits
Full-duplex transmission
Programmable frame configuration
Continuous or burst transmission
Normal or alternate framing
Normal or inverted frame and clock polarities
Short or long frame pulse
Programmable oversize frame length
Programmable frame length
Programmable interrupt occurrence time (TX and RX)
Error detection with interrupt generation on wrong frame length
System DMA support for both TX and RX data transfers
Shared Peripherals
The shared peripherals are connected to both the MPU Public Peripheral bus and the DSP Public Peripheral
bus. In the case of the UARTs, these connections are achieved via a TI Peripheral Bus Switch, which must
be configured to allow MPU or DSP access to the UARTs. The other shared peripherals have permanent
connections to both public peripheral buses, although read and write accesses to each peripheral register may
differ.
3.8.1 Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)
The OMAP5910 device has three Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) peripherals which
are accessible on the DSP public and MPU public peripheral buses. A TI peripheral bus switch configured by
the MPU allows either TIPB access to these UART peripherals. All three UARTs are standard
16C750-compatible UARTs implementing an asynchronous transfer protocol with various flow control options.
Two of the three UARTs (UART1 and UART2) have autobaud capability to automatically determine and adjust
to the baud rate of the external connected device. One of the UARTs (UART3) can function as a general UART
or can optionally function as an IrDA interface.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
63
Functional Overview
The main features of the UART peripherals include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Selectable UART/autobaud modes (autobauding on UART1 and UART2) with autobauding between
1200 bits/s and 115.2K bits/s
Dual 64-entry FIFOs for received and transmitted data payload
Programmable and selectable transmit and receive FIFO trigger levels for DMA and interrupt generation
Programmable sleep mode
Complete status-reporting capabilities in both normal and sleep mode
Frequency prescaler values from 0 to 65535 to generate the appropriate baud rates
Interrupt request generated if multiple System DMA requests
Baud rate from 300 bits/s up to 1.5M bits/s
Software/hardware flow control
Programmable XON/XOFF characters
Programmable auto-RTS and auto-CTS
Programmable serial interface characteristics
-- 5-, 6-, 7-, or 8-bit characters
-- Even-, odd-, or no-parity bit generation and detection
-- 1, 1.5, or 2 stop-bit generation
-- False start bit detection
-- Line break generation and detection
-- Fully prioritized interrupt system controls
-- Internal test and loopback capabilities
-- Modem control functions (CTS, RTS, DSR, DTR)
NOTE: DSR and DTR are only available on UART1 and UART3.
The IrDA functions available on UART3 are as follows:
•
•
•
Slow infrared (SIR) operations
Framing error, cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error, abort pattern (SIR) detection
8-entry status FIFO (with selectable trigger levels) available to monitor frame length and frame errors
3.8.2 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)
There are up to 14 shared GPIO pins on the OMAP5910 device which may be accessed and controlled by
either the DSP public peripheral bus or the MPU public peripheral bus. Each GPIO pin is independently
configurable to be used by either the DSP or MPU. The MPU controls which processor owns each GPIO pin
by configuring a pin control register that only the MPU can access.
Each GPIO pin can be used as either an input or output pin with GPIO inputs being synchronized internally
to a peripheral clock. GPIO inputs may also optionally be configured to generate an interrupt condition to the
processor which owns the GPIO pin. The sense of the interrupt condition is configurable such that either a
high-to-low or low-to-high transition causes the interrupt condition.
Some of the GPIO pins are multiplexed with other interface pins specific to other device peripherals. Refer
to Table 2--3 to decide which GPIO pins are multiplexed with other peripheral signals.
3.8.3 Mailbox Registers
Four sets of shared mailbox registers are available for communication between the DSP and MPU. These
registers are discussed further in Section 3.12, Interprocessor Communication.
64
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.9
System DMA Controller
The System Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller transfers data between points in the memory space
without intervention by the MPU. The System DMA allows movements of data to and from internal memory,
external memory, and peripherals to occur in the background of MPU operation. It is designed to off-load the
block data transfer function from the MPU processor. The System DMA is configured by the MPU via the MPU
private peripheral bus.
The System DMA controller has nine independent general-purpose channels and seven ports that it may
transfer to/from. An additional tenth channel is dedicated for use with the LCD controller. Of the seven
available ports, the DMA transfers may occur between any two ports with the exception of the LCD port, which
may only be used as a destination with the EMIFF or IMIF as the source. For maximum transfer efficiency,
all nine channels are independent. This means that if multiple channels are exclusively accessing different
ports, then simultaneous transfers performed by the channels will occur uninhibited. If the multiple channels
are accessing common ports, however, some arbitration cycles will be necessary. Arbitration occurs in a
round-robin fashion with configurable priority for each channel (high or low).
The basic functional features of the system DMA controller are as follows:
•
Nine general-purpose and one dedicated (LCD) DMA channels
•
Round-robin arbitration scheme with programmable priorities
•
Concurrent DMA transfer capability
•
Start of transfer on peripheral request or host request
•
Byte-alignment and Byte-packing/unpacking capability
•
Burst transfer capability (IMIF, EMIFF, EMIFS, LCD, and Local ports)
•
Time-out counter for each DMA channel to prevent a channel locking on a memory location or peripheral.
•
Constant, post-incrementing, and Single- or Double-Indexed addressing modes
•
Autoinitialization for multiple block transfers without MPU intervention
•
Access available to all of the memory range (physical memory mapping and TIPB space)
•
Seven ports are available for different kinds of hardware resources.
--------
•
EMIFS port (allowing access to external asynchronous memory or devices)
EMIFF port (allowing access to external SDRAM)
IMIF port (allowing access to 192K bytes of shared SRAM)
MPUI port (allowing access to DSP memory and peripherals)
TIPB port (allowing peripheral register access)
Local port (used for Host USB only)
LCD port (allowing transfers to the LCD controller)
Memory-to-memory transfer granularity of 8, 16, and 32 bits.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
65
Functional Overview
3.10 DSP DMA Controller
The DSP subsystem has its own dedicated DMA Controller, which is entirely independent of the MPU or the
System DMA Controller. The DSP DMA Controller has many of the same major features that the System DMA
Controller possesses (see Section 3.9).
The DSP DMA Controller has six generic channels and five physical ports available for source or destination
data. These five ports are the SARAM port, DARAM port, EMIF (External memory port), DSP TIPB port, and
MPUI port. The DSP may configure the DSP DMA Controller to transfer data between the SARAM, DARAM,
EMIF, and TIPB ports, but the MPUI port is a dedicated port used for MPU or System DMA initiated transfers
to DSP subsystem resources. The SARAM and DARAM ports are used to access local DSP memories and
the TIPB port is used to access the registers of the DSP peripherals. The EMIF port of the DSP DMA controller
is used to access the Traffic Controller via the DSP MMU (Memory Management Unit).
3.11 Traffic Controller (Memory Interfaces)
The Traffic Controller (TC) manages all accesses by the MPU, DSP, System DMA, and Local Bus to the
OMAP5910 system memory resources. The TC provides access to three different memory interfaces:
External Memory Interface Slow (EMIFS), External Memory Interface Fast (EMIFF), and Internal Memory
Interface (IMIF). The IMIF allows access to the 192K bytes of on-chip SRAM.
The EMIFS interface provides 16-bit-wide access to asynchronous or synchronous memories or devices such
as Intel StraFlashTM memory (28FxxxJ3A, Static Byte Enable) and Asynchronous SRAMs.
The EMIFF Interface provides access to 16-bit-wide access to standard SDRAM memories and the IMIF
provides access to the 192K bytes of on-chip SRAM.
The TC provides the functions of arbitrating contending accesses to the same memory interface from different
initiators (MPU, DSP, System DMA, Local Bus), synchronization of accesses due to the initiators and the
memory interfaces running at different clock rates, and the buffering of data allowing burst access for more
efficient multiplexing of transfers from multiple initiators to the memory interfaces.
The TC’s architecture allows simultaneous transfers between initiators and different memory interfaces
without penalty. For instance, if the MPU is accessing the EMIFF at the same time, the DSP is accessing the
IMIF, transfers may occur simultaneously since there is no contention for resources. There are three separate
ports to the TC from the System DMA (one for each of the memory interfaces), allowing for greater bandwidth
capability between the System DMA and the TC.
66
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.12 Interprocessor Communication
Several mechanisms allow for communication between the MPU and the DSP on the OMAP5910 device.
These include mailbox registers, MPU Interface, and shared memory space.
3.12.1
MPU/DSP Mailbox Registers
The MPU and DSP processors may communicate with each other via a mailbox-interrupt mechanism. This
mechanism provides a very flexible software protocol between the processors. There are four sets of mailbox
registers located in public TIPB space. The registers are shared between the two processors, so the MPU and
DSP may both access these registers within their own public TIPB space, but read/write accessibility of each
register is different for each processor.
There are four sets of mailbox registers: two for the MPU to send messages and issue an interrupt to the DSP,
the other two for the DSP to send messages and issue an interrupt to the MPU. Each set of mailbox registers
consists of two 16-bit registers and a 1-bit flag register. The interrupting processor can use one 16-bit register
to pass a data word to the interrupted processor and the other 16-bit register to pass a command word.
Communication is achieved when one processor writes to the appropriate command word register which
causes an interrupt to the other processor and sets the appropriate flag register. The interrupted processor
acknowledges by reading the command word which causes the flag register to be cleared. An additional
data-word register is also available in each mailbox register set to optionally communicate two words of data
between the processors for each interrupt instead of just communicating the command word.
The information communicated by the command and data words are entirely user-defined. The data word may
be optionally used to indicate an address pointer or status word.
3.12.2
MPU Interface (MPUI)
The MPU interface (MPUI) allows the MPU and the system DMA controller to communicate with the DSP and
its peripherals. The MPUI allows access to the full memory space (16M bytes) of the DSP and the DSP public
peripheral bus. Thus, the MPU and System DMA Controller both have read and write access to the complete
DSP I/O space (128K bytes), including the control registers of the DSP public peripherals.
The MPUI port supports the following features:
•
Four access modes:
-----
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Shared-access mode (SAM) for MPU access of DSP SARAM, DARAM, and external memory
interface
Shared-access mode (SAM) for peripheral bus access
Host-only mode (HOM) for SARAM access
Host-only mode (HOM) for peripheral bus access
Interrupt to MPU if access time-out occurs
Programmable priority scheme (MPU vs. DMA)
Packing and unpacking of data (16 bits to 32 bits, and vice versa)
32-bit single access support
Software control endianism conversion
System DMA capability to full DSP memory space (16M bytes)
System DMA capability to the DSP public TIPB peripherals (up to 128K bytes space)
This port can be used for many functions, such as: MPU loading of program code into DSP program memory
space, sharing of data between MPU and DSP, implementing interprocessing communication protocols via
shared memory, or allowing MPU to use and control DSP Public TIPB Peripherals.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
67
Functional Overview
3.12.3
MPU/DSP Shared Memory
The OMAP5910 device implements a shared memory architecture via the Traffic Controller. Therefore, the
MPU and DSP both have access to the same shared SRAM memory (192K bytes) as well as to the EMIFF
and EMIFS memory space. Through the DSP Memory Management Unit (MMU), the MPU controls which
regions of shared memory space the DSP is allowed to access. By setting up regions of shared memory, and
defining a protocol for the MPU and DSP to access this shared memory, an interprocessor communication
mechanism may be implemented. This method may be used in conjunction with the mailbox registers to create
handshaking interrupts which will properly synchronize the MPU and DSP accesses to shared memory.
Utilizing the shared memory in this fashion may be useful when the desired data to be passed between the
MPU and DSP is larger than the two 16-bit words provided by each set of mailbox command and data registers.
For example, the MPU may need to provide the DSP with a list of pointers to perform a specific task as opposed
to a single command and single pointer. Using shared memory and the mailboxes, the DSP could read the
list of pointers from shared memory after receiving the interrupt caused by an MPU write to the mailbox
command register.
3.13 DSP Hardware Accelerators
The TMS320C55x DSP core within the OMAP5910 device utilizes three powerful hardware accelerator
modules which assist the DSP core in implementing specific algorithms that are commonly used in video
compression applications such as MPEG4 encoders/decoders. These accelerators allow implementation of
such algorithms using fewer DSP instruction cycles and dissipating less power than implementations using
only the DSP core. The hardware accelerators are utilized via functions from the TMS320C55x Image/Video
Processing Library available from Texas Instruments.
Utilizing the hardware accelerators, the Texas Instruments Image/Video Processing Library implements many
useful functions, which include the following:
•
Forward and Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform (DCT) (used for video compression/decompression)
•
Motion Estimation (used for compression standards such as MPEG video encoding and H.26x encoding)
•
Pixel Interpolation (enabling high-performance fractal-pixel motion estimation)
•
Flexible 1D/2D Wavelet Processing (useful for JPEG2000, MPEG4, and other compression standards)
3.13.1
DCT/iDCT Accelerator
The DCT/iDCT hardware accelerator is used to implement Forward and Inverse DCT (Discrete Cosine
Transform) algorithms. These DCT/iDCT algorithms can be used to implement a wide range of video
compression standards including JPEG Encode/Decode, MPEG Video Encode/Decode, and H.26x
Encode/Decode.
3.13.2
Motion Estimation Accelerator
The Motion Estimation hardware accelerator implements a high-performance motion estimation algorithm,
enabling MPEG Video encoder or H.26x encoder applications. Motion estimation is typically one of the most
computation-intensive operations in video-encoding systems.
3.13.3
Pixel Interpolation Accelerator
The Pixel Interpolation Accelerator enables high-performance pixel-interpolation algorithms, which allows for
powerful fractal pixel motion estimation when used in conjunction with the Motion Estimation accelerator. Such
algorithms provide significant improvement to video-encoding applications.
3.14 Power Supply Connection Examples
3.14.1 Core and I/O Voltage Supply Connections
The OMAP5910 device is extremely flexible regarding the implementation of the core and I/O voltage supplies
of the device.
68
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
In a typical system, all of the core voltage supplies (CVDDx) may be connected together and powered from
one common supply. Likewise, all of the I/O voltage supplies (DVDDx) may be connected together and
powered from a common supply. Figure 3--4 illustrates this common system configuration.
OMAP5910
Vout = 1.6 V
1.6-V
Voltage
Supply
Vout = 3.3 V
3.3-V
Voltage
Supply
CVDD
CVDD1
CVDD2
CVDD3
CVDD4
CVDDA
DVDD1
DVDD2
DVDD3
DVDD4
DVDD5
VSS
Figure 3--4. Supply Connections for a Typical System
Several of the I/O voltage supplies (DVDD3, DVDD4 and DVDD5) are capable of operating at lower voltages
(1.8 V nominal) while the other I/O supplies run at 3.3 V nominal. This is advantageous for systems which
mix standard 3.3-V devices with low voltage memory devices or other low voltage logic. Refer to Table 2--4
to determine which I/O pins are powered by each of the DVDDx supplies. Figure 3--5 illustrates an example
of this type of mixed voltage system configuration.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
69
Functional Overview
OMAP5910
Vout = 1.6 V
1.6-V
Voltage
Supply
Vout = 3.3 V
3.3-V
Voltage
Supply
CVDD
CVDD1
CVDD2
CVDD3
CVDD4
CVDDA
DVDD1
DVDD2
DVDD3
DVDD4
DVDD5
VSS
Vout = 1.8 V
1.8-V
Voltage
Supply
Figure 3--5. Supply Connections for a System With 1.8-V SDRAM
In the previous two examples, all CVDDx pins are connected in common. However, the OMAP5910 device
has dedicated CVDD pins which supply power to different sections of the chip (as described in Table 2--4,
Signal Descriptions). This feature could be useful in prototyping phases to troubleshoot power management
features and perform advanced power. By isolating each CVDDx bus from the power source through isolation
jumpers or current sense resistors, the current draw into different domains may be measured separately. This
type of supply isolation should only be done during prototyping as production system designs should connect
all the CVDDx pins together, preferably to a common board plane.
NOTE: There is no specific power sequencing for the different voltage supplies as long as all CVDDx and
DVDDx voltages are ramped to valid operating levels within 500 ms of one another. Additionally, if certain I/O
pins are unused in a specific system application, the DVDDx supply pins which power these I/O must still be
connected to valid operating voltage levels. See Section 5.2, Recommended Operating Conditions, for
complete voltage requirements on all CVDDx and DVDDx power supply pins.
3.14.2
Core Voltage Noise Isolation
Two of the CVDD pins on the OMAP5910 device, CVDDA and CVDD4, are dedicated to supply power for the
ULPD DPLL and OMAP DPLL, respectively. In addition to using sound board design principles, these
dedicated pins allow for added supply noise isolation circuitry to enable maximum performance from the
OMAP5910 DPLLs. An example circuit is shown in Figure 3--6.
70
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
OMAP5910
Dedicated CVDD for
ULPD DPLL
ULPD DPLL
(for USB)
VSS‡w
CVDDA
Dedicated CVDD for
USB DPLL
OMAP DPLL
CVDD4
CVDDx
VDD
C = 10 μF
R = 10 Ω
Common CVDD for
Rest of Chip
Voltage
RegulatorW
†
This circuit is provided only as an example. Specific board layout implementation must minimize noise on the OMAP5910 voltage supply pins.
Except where stated otherwise in this document, all VSS pins on the OMAP5910 are common and must be connected directly to a common
ground; however, the discrete capacitor in the RC filter circuit should be placed as close as possible to the VSS (GZG balls AA1/Y3 or GDY balls
E13/K9).
§ For special consideration with respect to the connection of V
SS (GZG ball V12 or GDY ball F6), refer to Section 5.6.1, 32-kHz Oscillator and Input
Clock.
¶ The voltage regulator must be selected to provide a voltage source with minimal low frequency noise.
‡
Figure 3--6. External RC Circuit for DPLL CVDD Noise Isolation†
3.15 MPU Register Descriptions
The following tables describe the MPU registers including register addresses, descriptions, required access
widths, access types (R = read, W = write, RW = read/write) and reset values. These tables are organized
by function with like peripherals or functions together and are therefore not necessarily in the order of
ascending register addresses.
NOTE: All accesses to these registers must be of the data access widths indicated to avoid
a TIPB bus error condition and a corresponding interrupt. Reserved addresses should never
be accessed.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
71
Functional Overview
3.15.1
MPU Private Peripheral Registers
The MPU private peripheral registers include the following:
•
Timers
-- MPU Timer 1 Register
-- MPU Timer 2 Registers
-- MPU Timer 3 Registers
-- MPU Watchdog Timer Registers
•
Interrupt Handlers
-- MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers
-- MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
•
System Peripherals
-- System DMA Controller Registers
-- LCD Controller Registers
Table 3--14. MPU Timer 1 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C500
MPU_CNTL_TIMER_1
MPU Timer 1 Control Timer Register
32
RW
FFFE:C504
MPU_LOAD_TIM_1
MPU Timer 1 Load Timer Register
32
W
0000 0000h
undef
FFFE:C508
MPU_READ_TIM_1
MPU Timer 1 Read Timer Register
32
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3--15. MPU Timer 2 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C600
MPU_CNTL_TIMER_2
MPU Timer 2 Control Timer Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:C604
MPU_LOAD_TIM_2
MPU Timer 2 Load Timer Register
32
W
undef
FFFE:C608
MPU_READ_TIM_2
MPU Timer 2 Read Timer Register
32
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3--16. MPU Timer 3 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C700
MPU_CNTL_TIMER_3
MPU Timer 3 Control Timer Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:C704
MPU_LOAD_TIM_3
MPU Timer 3 Load Timer Register
32
W
undef
FFFE:C708
MPU_READ_TIM_3
MPU Timer 3 Read Timer Register
32
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
Table 3--17. MPU Watchdog Timer Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C800
MPU_CNTL_TIMER_WD
MPU WDT Control Timer Register
16
RW
0002h
FFFE:C804
MPU_LOAD_TIM_WD
MPU WDT Load Timer Register
16
W
FFFFh
FFFE:C804
MPU_READ_TIM_WD
MPU WDT Read Timer Register
16
R
FFFFh
FFFE:C808
MPU_TIMER_MODE_WD
MPU WDT Timer Mode Register
16
RW
8000h
72
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--18. MPU Level 1 Interrupt Handler Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CB00
MPU_L1_ITR
Interrupt Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB04
MPU_L1_MIR
Mask Interrupt Register
32
RW
FFFF FFFFh
FFFE:CB08 -FFFE:CB0C
Reserved
FFFE:CB10
MPU_L1_SIR_IRQ_CODE
IRQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB14
MPU_L1_SIR_FIQ_CODE
FIQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB18
MPU_L1_CONTROL_REG
Interrupt Control Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB1C
MPU_L1_ILR0
Interrupt 0 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB20
MPU_L1_ILR1
Interrupt 1 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB24
MPU_L1_ILR2
Interrupt 2 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB28
MPU_L1_ILR3
Interrupt 3 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB2C
MPU_L1_ILR4
Interrupt 4 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB30
MPU_L1_ILR5
Interrupt 5 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB34
MPU_L1_ILR6
Interrupt 6 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB38
MPU_L1_ILR7
Interrupt 7 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB3C
MPU_L1_ILR8
Interrupt 8 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB40
MPU_L1_ILR9
Interrupt 9 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB44
MPU_L1_ILR10
Interrupt 10 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB48
MPU_L1_ILR11
Interrupt 11 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB4C
MPU_L1_ILR12
Interrupt 12 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB50
MPU_L1_ILR13
Interrupt 13 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB54
MPU_L1_ILR14
Interrupt 14 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB58
MPU_L1_ILR15
Interrupt 15 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB5C
MPU_L1_ILR16
Interrupt 16 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB60
MPU_L1_ILR17
Interrupt 17 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB64
MPU_L1_ILR18
Interrupt 18 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB68
MPU_L1_ILR19
Interrupt 19 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB6C
MPU_L1_ILR20
Interrupt 20 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB70
MPU_L1_ILR21
Interrupt 21 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB74
MPU_L1_ILR22
Interrupt 22 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB78
MPU_L1_ILR23
Interrupt 23 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB7C
MPU_L1_ILR24
Interrupt 24 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB80
MPU_L1_ILR25
Interrupt 25 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB84
MPU_L1_ILR26
Interrupt 26 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB88
MPU_L1_ILR27
Interrupt 27 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB8C
MPU_L1_ILR28
Interrupt 28 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB90
MPU_L1_ILR29
Interrupt 29 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB94
MPU_L1_ILR30
Interrupt 30 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB98
MPU_L1_ILR31
Interrupt 31 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CB9C
MPU_L1_ISR
Software Interrupt Set Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
73
Functional Overview
Table 3--19. MPU Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:0000
MPU_L2_ITR
Interrupt Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0004
MPU_L2_MIR
Mask Interrupt Register
32
RW
FFFF FFFFh
FFFE:0008 -FFFE:000C
Reserved
FFFE:0010
MPU_L2_SIR_IRQ_CODE
IRQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:0014
MPU_L2_SIR_FIQ_CODE
FIQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:0018
MPU_L2_CONTROL_REG
Interrupt Control Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:001C
MPU_L2_ILR0
Interrupt 0 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0020
MPU_L2_ILR1
Interrupt 1 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0024
MPU_L2_ILR2
Interrupt 2 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0028
MPU_L2_ILR3
Interrupt 3 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:002C
MPU_L2_ILR4
Interrupt 4 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0030
MPU_L2_ILR5
Interrupt 5 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0034
MPU_L2_ILR6
Interrupt 6 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0038
MPU_L2_ILR7
Interrupt 7 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:003C
MPU_L2_ILR8
Interrupt 8 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0040
MPU_L2_ILR9
Interrupt 9 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0044
MPU_L2_ILR10
Interrupt 10 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0048
MPU_L2_ILR11
Interrupt 11 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:004C
MPU_L2_ILR12
Interrupt 12 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0050
MPU_L2_ILR13
Interrupt 13 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0054
MPU_L2_ILR14
Interrupt 14 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0058
MPU_L2_ILR15
Interrupt 15 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:005C
MPU_L2_ILR16
Interrupt 16 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0060
MPU_L2_ILR17
Interrupt 17 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0064
MPU_L2_ILR18
Interrupt 18 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0068
MPU_L2_ILR19
Interrupt 19 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:006C
MPU_L2_ILR20
Interrupt 20 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0070
MPU_L2_ILR21
Interrupt 21 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0074
MPU_L2_ILR22
Interrupt 22 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0078
MPU_L2_ILR23
Interrupt 23 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:007C
MPU_L2_ILR24
Interrupt 24 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0080
MPU_L2_ILR25
Interrupt 25 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0084
MPU_L2_ILR26
Interrupt 26 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0088
MPU_L2_ILR27
Interrupt 27 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:008C
MPU_L2_ILR28
Interrupt 28 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0090
MPU_L2_ILR29
Interrupt 29 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0094
MPU_L2_ILR30
Interrupt 30 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:0098
MPU_L2_ILR31
Interrupt 31 Priority Level Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:009C
MPU_L2_ISR
Software Interrupt Set Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
74
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--20. System DMA Controller Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D800
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH0
Channel 0 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D802
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH0
Channel 0 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D804
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH0
Channel 0 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D806
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH0
Channel 0 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D808
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH0
Channel 0 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D80A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH0
Channel 0 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D80C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH0
Channel 0 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D80E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH0
Channel 0 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D810
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH0
Channel 0 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D812
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH0
Channel 0 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D814
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH0
Channel 0 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D816
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH0
Channel 0 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D818
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH0
Channel 0 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D81A -FFFE:083E
Reserved
FFFE:D840
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH1
Channel 1 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D842
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH1
Channel 1 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D844
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH1
Channel 1 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D846
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH1
Channel 1 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D848
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH1
Channel 1 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D84A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH1
Channel 1 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D84C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH1
Channel 1 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D84E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH1
Channel 1 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D850
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH1
Channel 1 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D852
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH1
Channel 1 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D854
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH1
Channel 1 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D856
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH1
Channel 1 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D858
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH1
Channel 1 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D85A -FFFE:D87E
Reserved
FFFE:D880
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH2
Channel 2 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D882
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH2
Channel 2 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D884
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH2
Channel 2 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D886
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH2
Channel 2 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D888
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH2
Channel 2 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D88A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH2
Channel 2 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D88C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH2
Channel 2 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D88E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH2
Channel 2 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D890
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH2
Channel 2 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D892
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH2
Channel 2 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D894
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH2
Channel 2 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D896
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH2
Channel 2 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D898
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH2
Channel 2 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
75
Functional Overview
Table 3--20. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFE:D89A -FFFE:D8BE
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Reserved
FFFE:D8C0
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH3
Channel 3 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D8C2
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH3
Channel 3 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D8C4
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH3
Channel 3 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D8C6
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH3
Channel 3 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D8C8
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH3
Channel 3 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8CA
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH3
Channel 3 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8CC
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH3
Channel 3 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8CE
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH3
Channel 3 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D0
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH3
Channel 3 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D2
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH3
Channel 3 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D4
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH3
Channel 3 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D6
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH3
Channel 3 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8D8
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH3
Channel 3 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D8DA -FFFE:D8FE
Reserved
FFFE:D900
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH4
Channel 4 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D902
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH4
Channel 4 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D904
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH4
Channel 4 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D906
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH4
Channel 4 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D908
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH4
Channel 4 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D90A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH4
Channel 4 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D90C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH4
Channel 4 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D90E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH4
Channel 4 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D910
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH4
Channel 4 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D912
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH4
Channel 4 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D914
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH4
Channel 4 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D916
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH4
Channel 4 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D918
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH4
Channel 4 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D91A -FFFE:D93E
Reserved
FFFE:D940
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH5
Channel 5 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D942
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH5
Channel 5 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D944
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH5
Channel 5 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D946
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH5
Channel 5 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D948
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH5
Channel 5 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D94A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH5
Channel 5 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D94C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH5
Channel 5 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D94E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH5
Channel 5 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D950
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH5
Channel 5 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D952
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH5
Channel 5 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D954
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH5
Channel 5 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D956
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH5
Channel 5 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
76
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--20. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFE:D958
REGISTER NAME
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH5
FFFE:D95A -FFFE:D97E
DESCRIPTION
Channel 5 Progress Counter Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16
RW
undef
Reserved
FFFE:D980
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH6
Channel 6 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D982
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH6
Channel 6 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D984
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH6
Channel 6 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D986
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH6
Channel 6 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D988
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH6
Channel 6 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D98A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH6
Channel 6 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D98C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH6
Channel 6 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D98E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH6
Channel 6 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D990
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH6
Channel 6 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D992
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH6
Channel 6 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D994
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH6
Channel 6 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D996
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH6
Channel 6 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D998
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH6
Channel 6 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D99A -FFFE:D9BE
Reserved
FFFE:D9C0
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH7
Channel 7 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D9C2
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH7
Channel 7 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D9C4
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH7
Channel 7 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:D9C6
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH7
Channel 7 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:D9C8
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH7
Channel 7 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9CA
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH7
Channel 7 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9CC
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH7
Channel 7 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9CE
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH7
Channel 7 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D0
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH7
Channel 7 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D2
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH7
Channel 7 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D4
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH7
Channel 7 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D6
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH7
Channel 7 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9D8
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH7
Channel 7 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:D9DA -FFFE:D9FE
Reserved
FFFE:DA00
SYS_DMA_CSDP_CH8
Channel 8 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA02
SYS_DMA_CCR_CH8
Channel 8 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DA04
SYS_DMA_CICR_CH8
Channel 8 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
FFFE:DA06
SYS_DMA_CSR_CH8
Channel 8 Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:DA08
SYS_DMA_CSSA_L_CH8
Channel 8 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA0A
SYS_DMA_CSSA_U_CH8
Channel 8 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA0C
SYS_DMA_CDSA_L_CH8
Channel 8 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA0E
SYS_DMA_CDSA_U_CH8
Channel 8 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA10
SYS_DMA_CEN_CH8
Channel 8 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA12
SYS_DMA_CFN_CH8
Channel 8 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA14
SYS_DMA_CFI_CH8
Channel 8 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
77
Functional Overview
Table 3--20. System DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:DA16
SYS_DMA_CEI_CH8
Channel 8 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA18
SYS_DMA_CPC_CH8
Channel 8 Progress Counter Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DA1A -FFFE:DAFE
FFFE:DB00
Reserved
SYS_DMA_LCD_CTRL
LCD Channel Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:DB02
SYS_DMA_LCD_TOP_F1_L
LCD Channel Top Address Frame Buffer 1 Register
LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB04
SYS_DMA_LCD_TOP_F1_U
LCD Channel Top Address Frame Buffer 1 Register
MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB06
SYS_DMA_LCD_BOT_F1_L
LCD Channel Bottom Address Frame Buffer 1
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB08
SYS_DMA_LCD_BOT_F1_U
LCD Channel Bottom Address Frame Buffer 1
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB0A
SYS_DMA_LCD_TOP_F2_L
LCD Channel Top Address Frame Buffer 2 Register
LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB0C
SYS_DMA_LCD_TOP_F2_U
LCD Channel Top Address Frame Buffer 2 Register
MSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB0E
SYS_DMA_LCD_BOT_F2_L
LCD Channel Bottom Address Frame Buffer 2
Register LSB
16
RW
undef
FFFE:DB10
SYS_DMA_LCD_BOT_F2_U
LCD Channel Bottom Address Frame Buffer 2
Register MSB
16
RW
undef
16
RW
0008h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
FFFE:DB12 -FFFE:DBFE
FFFE:DC00
Reserved
SYS_DMA_GCR
DMA Global Control Register
Table 3--21. LCD Controller Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:C000
LCD_CONTROL
LCD Control Register
32
RW
0x0000 0000
FFFE:C004
LCD_TIMING0
LCD Timing 0 Register
32
RW
undef
FFFE:C008
LCD_TIMING1
LCD Timing 1 Register
32
RW
0x0000 0000
FFFE:C00C
LCD_TIMING2
LCD Timing 2 Register
32
RW
0x0000 0000
FFFE:C010
LCD_STATUS
LCD Status Register
32
RW
0x0000 0000
FFFE:C014
LCD_SUBPANEL
LCD Subpanel Display Register
32
RW
0x0000 0000
78
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.15.2
MPU Public Peripheral Registers
The MPU public peripheral registers include the following:
•
Serial Ports
--------
•
Parallel Ports
--
•
Camera Interface Registers
Human Interface support
------
•
McBSP2 Registers
MICROWIRE Registers
I2C Registers
HDQ/1-Wire Interface Registers
MMC/SD Registers
USB Function Registers
USB Host Registers
MPUIO/Keyboard Registers
PWL Registers
PWT Registers
LED Pulse Generator 1 Registers
LED Pulse Generator 2 Registers
Timers and Counters
----
32k Timer Registers
Real-Time Clock Registers
Frame Adjustment Counter Registers
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
79
Functional Overview
Table 3--22. McBSP2 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:1000
MCBSP2_DRR2
McBSP2 Data Receive Register 2
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1002
MCBSP2_DRR1
McBSP2 Data Receive Register 1
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1004
MCBSP2_DXR2
McBSP2 Data Transmit Register 2
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1006
MCBSP2_DXR1
McBSP2 Data Transmit Register 1
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1008
MCBSP2_SPCR2
McBSP2 Serial Port Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:100A
MCBSP2_SPCR1
McBSP2 Serial Port Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:100C
MCBSP2_RCR2
McBSP2 Receive Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:100E
MCBSP2_RCR1
McBSP2 Receive Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1010
MCBSP2_XCR2
McBSP2 Transmit Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1012
MCBSP2_XCR1
McBSP2 Transmit Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1014
MCBSP2_SRGR2
McBSP2 Sample Rate Generator Register 2
16
RW
2000h
FFFB:1016
MCBSP2_SRGR1
McBSP2 Sample Rate Generator Register 1
16
RW
0001h
FFFB:1018
MCBSP2_MCR2
McBSP2 Multichannel Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:101A
MCBSP2_MCR1
McBSP2 Multichannel Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:101C
MCBSP2_RCERA
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition A
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:101E
MCBSP2_RCERB
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition B
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1020
MCBSP2_XCERA
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition A
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1022
MCBSP2_XCERB
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition B
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1024
MCBSP2_PCR0
McBSP2 Pin Control Register 0
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1026
MCBSP2_RCERC
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition C
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1028
MCBSP2_RCERD
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition D
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:102A
MCBSP2_XCERC
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition C
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:102C
MCBSP2_XCERD
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition D
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:102E
MCBSP2_RCERE
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition E
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1030
MCBSP2_RCERF
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition F
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1032
MCBSP2_XCERE
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition E
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1034
MCBSP2_XCERF
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition F
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1036
MCBSP2_RCERG
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition G
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:1038
MCBSP2_RCERH
McBSP2 Receive Channel Enable Register Partition H
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:103A
MCBSP2_XCERG
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition G
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:103C
MCBSP2_XCERH
McBSP2 Transmit Channel Enable Register Partition H
16
RW
0000h
Table 3--23. MICROWIRE Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
W
undef
FFFB:3000
TD
MICROWIRE Transmit Data Register
16
FFFB:3000
RD
MICROWIRE Receive Data Register
16
R
undef
FFFB:3004
CSR
MICROWIRE Control and Status Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:3008
SR1
MICROWIRE Setup Register 1
16
RW
undef
FFFB:300C
SR2
MICROWIRE Setup Register 2
16
RW
undef
FFFB:3010
SR3
MICROWIRE Setup Register 3
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:3014
SR4
MICROWIRE Setup Register 4
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:3018
SR5
MICROWIRE Setup Register 5
16
RW
0000h
80
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--24. I2C Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
I2C_REV
I2C Module Version Register
16
RW
0011h
FFFB:3804
I2C_IE
I2C
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:3808
I2C_STAT
I2C Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:380C
I2C_IV
I2C Interrupt Vector Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:3800
FFFB:3810
Interrupt Enable Register
Reserved
I2C_BUF
I2C Buffer Configuration Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:3818
I2C_CNT
I2C
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:381C
I2C_DATA
I2C Data Access Register
16
RW
0000h
0000h
FFFB:3814
FFFB:3820
Data Counter Register
Reserved
FFFB:3824
I2C_CON
I2C Configuration Register
16
RW
FFFB:3828
I2C_OA
I2C Own Address Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:382C
I2C_SA
I2C Slave Address Register
16
RW
03FFh
FFFB:3830
I2C_PSC
I2C Clock Prescaler Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:3834
I2C_SCLL
I2C SCL Low Timer Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:3838
I2C_SCLH
I2C
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:383C
I2C_SYSTEST
I2C System Test Register
16
RW
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
SCL High Timer Register
Table 3--25. HDQ/1-Wire Interface Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:C000
TXR
TX Write Data Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:C004
RXR
RX Receive Buffer Register
8
R
undef
FFFB:C008
CSR
Control and Status Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:C00C
ISR
Interrupt Status Register
8
RW
00h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
81
Functional Overview
Table 3--26. MMC/SD Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:7800
MMC_CMD
MMC Command
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7804
MMC_ARGL
MMC Argument Low
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7808
MMC_ARGH
MMC Argument High
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:780C
MMC_CON
MMC System Configuration
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7810
MMC_STAT
MMC Status
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7814
MMC_IE
MMC System Interrupt Enable
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7818
MMC_CTO
MMC Command Timeout
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:781C
MMC_DTO
MMC Data Timeout
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7820
MMC_DATA
MMC TX/RX FIFO Data
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7824
MMC_BLEN
MMC Block Length
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7828
MMC_NBLK
MMC Number Of Blocks
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:782C
MMC_BUF
MMC Buffer Configuration
16
RW
1F00h
FFFB:7834
MMC_SDIO
MMC SDIO Mode Configuration
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:7838
MMC_SYST
MMC System Test
16
RW
2000h
FFFB:783C
MMC_REV
MMC Module Version
16
R
--
FFFB:7840
MMC_RSP0
MMC Command Response 0
16
R
undef
FFFB:7844
MMC_RSP1
MMC Command Response 1
16
R
undef
FFFB:7848
MMC_RSP2
MMC Command Response 2
16
R
undef
FFFB:784C
MMC_RSP3
MMC Command Response 3
16
R
undef
FFFB:7850
MMC_RSP4
MMC Command Response 4
16
R
undef
FFFB:7854
MMC_RSP5
MMC Command Response 5
16
R
undef
FFFB:7858
MMC_RSP6
MMC Command Response 6
16
R
undef
FFFB:785C
MMC_RSP7
MMC Command Response 7
16
R
undef
82
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--27. USB Function Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:4000
REV
Revision Register
16
R
--
FFFB:4004
EP_NUM
Endpoint Selection Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4008
DATA
Data Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:400C
CTRL
Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4010
STAT_FLG
Status Flag Register
16
R
0202h
FFFB:4014
RXFSTAT
Receive FIFO Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:4018
SYSCON1
System Configuration 1 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:401C
SYSCON2
System Configuration 2 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4020
DEVSTAT
Device Status Register
16
R
undef
FFFB:4024
SOF
Start of Frame Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:4028
IRQ_EN
Interrupt Enable Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:402C
DMA_IRQ_EN
DMA Interrupt Enable Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:4030
IRQ_SRC
Interrupt Source Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4034
EPN_STAT
Endpoint Interrupt Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:4038
DMAN_STAT
DMA Endpoint Interrupt Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:403C
Reserved
FFFB:4040
RXDMA_CFG
Receive Channels DMA Configuration Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4044
TXDMA_CFG
Transmit Channels DMA Configuration Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4048
DATA_DMA
DMA FIFO Data Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:404C
Reserved
FFFB:4050
TXDMA0
Transmit DMA Control 0 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4054
TXDMA1
Transmit DMA Control 1 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4058
TXDMA2
Transmit DMA Control 2 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:405C
Reserved
FFFB:4060
RXDMA0
Receive DMA Control 0 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4064
RXDMA1
Receive DMA Control 1 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4068
RXDMA2
Receive DMA Control 2 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:406C -FFFB:407C
Reserved
FFFB:4080
EP0
Endpoint Configuration 0 Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:4084
EP1_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 1 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:4088
EP2_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 2 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:408C
EP3_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 3 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:4090
EP4_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 4 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:4094
EP5_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 5 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:4098
EP6_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 6 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:409C
EP7_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 7 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40A0
EP8_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 8 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40A4
EP9_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 9 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40A8
EP10_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 10 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40AC
EP11_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 11 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40B0
EP12_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 12 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40B4
EP13_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 13 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40B8
EP14_RX
Receive Endpoint Configuration 14 Register
16
RW
undef
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
83
Functional Overview
Table 3--27. USB Function Registers (Continued)
BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFB:40BC
REGISTER NAME
EP15_RX
FFFB:40C0
DESCRIPTION
Receive Endpoint Configuration 15 Register
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16
RW
undef
Reserved
FFFB:40C4
EP1_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 1 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40C8
EP2_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 2 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40CC
EP3_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 3 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40D0
EP4_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 4 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40D4
EP5_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 5 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40D8
EP6_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 6 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40DC
EP7_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 7 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40E0
EP8_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 8 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40E4
EP9_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 9 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40E8
EP10_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 10 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40EC
EP11_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 11 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40F0
EP12_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 12 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40F4
EP13_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 13 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40F8
EP14_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 14 Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:40FC
EP15_TX
Transmit Endpoint Configuration 15 Register
16
RW
undef
84
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--28. USB Host Controller Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
FFFB:A000
HcRevision
OHCI Revision Register
32
R
0000 0010h
FFFB:A004
HcControl
Host Controller Operating Mode Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A008
HcCommandStatus
Host Controller Command and Status Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A00C
HcInterruptStatus
Host Controller Interrupt Status Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A010
HcInterruptEnable
Host Controller Interrupt Enable Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A014
HcInterruptDisable
Host Controller Interrupt Disable Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:A018
HcHCCA
LB Virtual Address HCCA Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A01C
HcPeriodCurrentED
LB Virtual Address Current Periodic EP Descriptor
Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A020
HcControlHeadED
LB Virtual Address Control EP Descriptor List Head
Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A024
HcControlCurrentED
LB Virtual Address Current Control EP Descriptor
Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A028
HcBulkHeadED
LB Virtual Address Bulk EP Descriptor List Head Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A02C
HcBulkCurrentED
LB Virtual Address Current Bulk EP Descriptor Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A030
HcDoneHead
LB Virtual Address Retired Transfer Descriptor List Head
Register
32
R
undef
FFFB:A034
HcFmInterval
Frame Interval Register
32
RW
0000 2EDFh
FFFB:A038
HcFmRemaining
Remaining Frame Time Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:A03C
HcFmNumber
Remaining Frame Number Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:A040
HcPeriodicStart
Periodic Start Time Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A044
HcLSThreshold
Low Speed Start Threshold Register
32
RW
0000 0628h
FFFB:A048
HcRhDescriptorA
USB Root Hub Descriptor Register A
32
RW
0A00 1203h
FFFB:A04C
HcRhDescriptorB
USB Root Hub Descriptor Register B
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A050
HcRhStatus
USB Root Hub Status Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A054
HcRhPortStatus1
Port 1 Control and Status Register
32
RW
0000 0100h
FFFB:A058
HcRhPortStatus2
Port 2 Control and Status Register
32
RW
0000 0100h
FFFB:A05C
HcRhPortStatus3
Port 3 Control and Status Register
32
RW
0000 0100h
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:A060 -FFFB:A0DC
Reserved
FFFB:A0E0
HostUEAddr
LB Virtual Address Last Unrecoverable Error Register
32
FFFB:A0E4
HostUEStatus
LB Cycle Type Last Unrecoverable Error Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:A0E8
HostTimeoutCtrl
USB Host Mastered Local Bus Time-out Enable Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:A0EC
HostRevision
USB Host Controller Revision Register
32
R
--
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
RW
0000 0000h
Table 3--29. Camera Interface Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:6800
CTRLCLOCK
Clock Control Register
32
FFFB:6804
IT_STATUS
Interrupt Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:6808
MODE
Mode Configuration Register
32
RW
0000 0200h
FFFB:680C
STATUS
Status Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:6810
CAMDATA
Image Data Register
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFB:6814
GPIO
GPIO Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFB:6818
PEAK_COUNTER
Fifo Peak Counter Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
85
Functional Overview
Table 3--30. MPU I/O/Keyboard Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
undef
FFFB:5000
INPUT_LATCH
Input Register
16
R
FFFB:5004
OUTPUT_REG
Output Register
16
RW
undef
FFFB:5008
IO_CNTL
Input Output Control Register
16
RW
FFFFh
FFFB:500C
Reserved
FFFB:5010
KBR_LATCH
Keyboard Row Inputs Register
16
R
undef
FFFB:5014
KBC_REG
Keyboard Column Outputs Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:5018
GPIO_EVENT_MODE
GPIO Event Mode Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:501C
GPIO_INT_EDGE
GPIO Interrupt Edge Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:5020
KBD_INT
Keyboard Interrupt Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:5024
GPIO_INT
GPIO Interrupt Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:5028
KBD_MASKIT
Keyboard Mask Interrupt Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:502C
GPIO_MASKIT
GPIO Mask Interrupt Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:5030
GPIO_DEBOUNCING
GPIO Debouncing Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:5034
GPIO_LATCH
GPIO Latch Register
16
R
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--31. PWL Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:5800
PWL_LEVEL
PWL Level Register
8
RW
0000h
FFFB:5804
PWL_CTRL
PWL Control Register
8
RW
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--32. PWT Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:6000
PWT_FRC
PWT Frequency Control Register
8
RW
0000h
FFFB:6004
PWT_VCR
PWT Volume Control Register
8
RW
0000h
FFFB:6008
PWT_GCR
PWT General Control Register
8
RW
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--33. LED Pulse Generator 1 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:D000
LCR_1
LPG1 Control Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:D004
PMR_1
LPG1 Power Management Register
8
RW
00h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--34. LED Pulse Generator 2 Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:D800
LCR_2
LPG2 Control Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:D804
PMR_2
LPG2 Power Management Register
8
RW
00h
Table 3--35. 32k Timer Registers
BYTE ADDRESS
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:9000
TVR
Tick Value Register
32
RW
00FF FFFFh
FFFB:9004
TCR
Tick Counter Register
32
R
00FF FFFFh
FFFB:9008
CR
Control Register
32
RW
0000 0008h
86
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--36. Real-Time Clock Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFB:4800
SECONDS_REG
RTC Seconds Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4804
MINUTES_REG
RTC Minutes Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4808
HOURS_REG
RTC Hours Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:480C
DAYS_REG
RTC Days Register
8
RW
01h
FFFB:4810
MONTHS_REG
RTC Months Register
8
RW
01h
FFFB:4814
YEARS_REG
RTC Years Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4818
WEEK_REG
RTC Day of the Week Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:481C
Reserved
FFFB:4820
ALARM_SECOND_REG
RTC Alarm Seconds Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4824
ALARM_MINUTES_REG
RTC Alarm Minutes Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4828
ALARM_HOURS_REG
RTC Alarm Hours Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:482C
ALARM_DAYS_REG
RTC Alarm Days Register
8
RW
01h
FFFB:4830
ALARM_MONTHS_REG
RTC Alarm Months Register
8
RW
01h
FFFB:4834
ALARM_YEARS_REG
RTC Alarm Years Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4838 -FFFB:483C
Reserved
FFFB:4840
RTC_CTRL_REG
RTC Control Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4844
RTC_STATUS_REG
RTC Status Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4848
RTC_INTERRUPTS_REG
RTC Interrupts Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:484C
RTC_COMP_LSB_REG
RTC Compensation LSB Register
8
RW
00h
FFFB:4850
RTC_COMP_MSB_REG
RTC Compensation MSB Register
8
RW
00h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--37. Frame Adjustment Counter Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFB:A800
FARC
Frame Adjustment Reference Count Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:A804
FSC
Frame Start Count Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:A808
CTRL
Control and Configuration Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFB:A80C
STATUS
Status Register
16
R
0000h
FFFB:A810
SYNC_CNT
Frame Synchronization Register
16
R
undef
FFFB:A814
START_CNT
Frame Start Counter Register
16
R
undef
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
87
Functional Overview
3.15.3
MPU Configuration Registers
The MPU Configuration Registers include the following:
•
Pin Multiplexing Setup:
--
•
Local Bus and MMU Setup:
----
•
MPU Clock/Reset/Power Mode Control Registers
DPLL1 Configuration Register
Ultra Low-Power Device Module Registers
Device Identification:
---
88
MPU Interface (MPUI) Registers
TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers
TIPB (Public) Bridge 2 Configuration Registers
MPU UART TI Peripheral Bus Switch Registers
Traffic Controller Registers
Clock and Power Management:
----
•
Local Bus Control Registers
Local Bus MMU Registers
DSP MMU Registers
MPUI and TIPB Setup:
------
•
OMAP5910 Pin Configuration Registers
Device Die Identification Registers
JTAG Identification Code Register
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--38. OMAP 5910 Pin Configuration Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:1000
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_0
Functional Multiplexing Control 0 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1004
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_1
Functional Multiplexing Control 1 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1008
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_2
Functional Multiplexing Control 2 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:100C
COMP_MODE_CTRL_0
Compatibility Mode Control 0 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1010
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_3
Functional Multiplexing Control 3 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1014
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_4
Functional Multiplexing Control 4 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1018
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_5
Functional Multiplexing Control 5 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:101C
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_6
Functional Multiplexing Control 6 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1020
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_7
Functional Multiplexing Control 7 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1024
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_8
Functional Multiplexing Control 8 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1028
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_9
Functional Multiplexing Control 9 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:102C
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_A
Functional Multiplexing Control A Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1030
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_B
Functional Multiplexing Control B Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1034
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_C
Functional Multiplexing Control C Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1038
FUNC_MUX_CTRL_D
Functional Multiplexing Control D Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:103C
Reserved
FFFE:1040
PULL_DWN_CTRL_0
Pulldown Control 0 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1044
PULL_DWN_CTRL_1
Pulldown Control 1 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1048
PULL_DWN_CTRL_2
Pulldown Control 2 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:104C
PULL_DWN_CTRL_3
Pulldown Control 3 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:1050
GATE_INH_CTRL_0
Gate and Inhibit Control 0 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
32
RW
0000 0000h
32
RW
0000 0000h
32
RW
0000 0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:1054 -FFFE:105C
FFFE:1060
Reserved
VOLTAGE_CTRL_0
FFFE:1064 -FFFE:106C
FFFE:1070
Reserved
TEST_DBG_CTRL_0
FFFE:1074 -FFFE:107C
FFFE:1080
Voltage Control 0 Register
Test Debug Control 0 Register
Reserved
MOD_CONF_CTRL_0
Module Configuration Control 0 Register
Table 3--39. Local Bus Control Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFE:C100
LB_MPU_TIMEOUT
Local Bus MPU Access TIMEOUT
32
RW
0000 00FFh
FFFE:C104
LB_HOLD_TIMER
Local Bus Hold Timer
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:C108
LB_PRIORITY_REG
Local Bus MPU Access Priority
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:C10C
LB_CLOCK_DIV
Local Bus Clock Divider
32
RW
0000 00FCh
FFFE:C110
LB_ABORT_ADD
Local Bus Address Of Aborted MPU Cycle
32
R
FFFF FFFFh
FFFE:C114
LB_ABORT_DATA
Local Bus Cycle Data Of Aborted MPU Write
Cycle
32
R
FFFF FFFFh
FFFE:C118
LB_ABORT_STATUS
Local Bus Cycle Type Of Aborted MPU Write
Cycle
32
R
0000 0000h
FFFE:C11C
LB_IRQ_OUTPUT
LocaL Bus External Interrupt Output Control
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:C120
LB_IRQ_INPUT
Local Bus External Interrupt Status
32
RW
0000 0000h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
89
Functional Overview
Table 3--40. Local Bus MMU Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFE:C204
REGISTER NAME
LB_MMU_WALKING_ST_REG
DESCRIPTION
Local Bus MMU Walking Status
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
32
RW†
0000h
0000h
FFFE:C208
LB_MMU_CNTL_REG
Local Bus MMU Control
32
RW†
FFFE:C20C
LB_MMU_FAULT_AD_H_REG
Local Bus MMU Fault Address High
32
R
0000h
FFFE:C210
LB_MMU_FAULT_AD_L_REG
Local Bus MMU Fault Address Low
32
R
0000h
FFFE:C214
LB_MMU_FAULT_ST_REG
Local Bus MMU Fault Status
32
R
0000h
FFFE:C218
LB_MMU_IT_ACK_REG
Local Bus MMU Interrupt Acknowledge
32
W
0000h
0000h
FFFE:C21C
LB_MMU_TTB_H_REG
Local Bus MMU TTB Register High
32
RW†
FFFE:C220
LB_MMU_TTB_L_REG
Local Bus MMU TTB Register Low
32
RW†
0000h
FFFE:C224
LB_MMU_LOCK_REG
Local Bus MMU Lock Counter
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C228
LB_MMU_LD_TLB_REG
Local Bus MMU TLB Load/Read Control
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C22C
LB_MMU_CAM_H_REG
Local Bus MMU CAM Entry High
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C230
LB_MMU_CAM_L_REG
Local Bus MMU CAM Entry Low
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C234
LB_MMU_RAM_H_REG
Local Bus MMU RAM Entry High
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C238
LB_MMU_RAM_L_REG
Local Bus MMU RAM Entry Low
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C23C
LB_MMU_GFLUSH_REG
Local Bus MMU Global Flush Control
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C240
LB_MMU_FLUSH_ENTRY_REG
Local Bus MMU Individual Entry Flush
Control
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C244
LB_MMU_READ_CAM_H_REG
Local Bus MMU CAM Read High
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C248
LB_MMU_READ_CAM_L_REG
Local Bus MMU CAM Read Low
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C24C
LB_MMU_READ_RAM_H_REG
Local Bus MMU RAM Read High
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C250 LB_MMU_READ_RAM_L_REG
† Write access in ARM supervisor mode only.
Local Bus MMU RAM Read Low
32
RW
0000h
90
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--41. DSP MMU Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
RW
0000h
FFFE:D200
DSP_MMU_PREFETCH_REG
DSP MMU Prefetch Register
32
FFFE:D204
DSP_MMU_WALKING_ST_REG
DSP MMU Prefetch Status Register
32
R
0000h
FFFE:D208
DSP_MMU_CNTL_REG
DSP MMU Control Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D20C
DSP_MMU_FAULT_AD_H_REG
DSP MMU Fault Address Register MSB
32
R
0000h
FFFE:D210
DSP_MMU_FAULT_AD_L_REG
DSP MMU Fault Address Register LSB
32
R
0000h
FFFE:D214
DSP_MMU_F_ST_REG
DSP MMU Fault Status Register
32
R
0000h
FFFE:D218
DSP_MMU_IT_ACK_REG
DSP MMU IT Acknowledge Register
32
W
0000h
FFFE:D21C
DSP_MMU_TTB_H_REG
DSP MMU TTB Register MSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D220
DSP_MMU_TTB_L_REG
DSP MMU TTB Register LSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D224
DSP_MMU_LOCK_REG
DSP MMU Lock Counter Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D228
DSP_MMU_LD_TLB_REG
DSP MMU Load Entry TLB Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D22C
DSP_MMU_CAM_H_REG
DSP MMU CAM Entry Register MSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D230
DSP_MMU_CAM_L_REG
DSP MMU CAM Entry Register LSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D234
DSP_MMU_RAM_H_REG
DSP MMU RAM Entry Register MSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D238
DSP_MMU_RAM_L_REG
DSP MMU RAM Entry Register LSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D23C
DSP_MMU_GFLUSH_REG
DSP MMU Global Flush Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D240
DSP_MMU_FLUSH_ENTRY_REG
DSP MMU Individual Flush Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D244
DSP_MMU_READ_CAM_H_REG
DSP MMU Read CAM Register MSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D248
DSP_MMU_READ_CAM_L_REG
DSP MMU Read CAM Register LSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D24C
DSP_MMU_READ_RAM_H_REG
DSP MMU Read RAM Register MSB
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:D250
DSP_MMU_READ_RAM_L_REG
DSP MMU Read RAM Register LSB
32
RW
0000h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0003 FF1Bh
Table 3--42. MPUI Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFE:C900
CTRL_REG
MPUI Control Register
32
RW
FFFE:C904
DEBUG_ADDR
MPUI Debug Address Register
32
R
01FF FFFFh
FFFE:C908
DEBUG_DATA
MPUI Debug Data Register
32
R
FFFF FFFFh
FFFE:C90C
DEBUG_FLAG
MPUI Debug Flag Register
32
R
0800h
FFFE:C910
STATUS_REG
MPUI Status Register
32
R
0000h
FFFE:C914
DSP_STATUS_REG
MPUI DSP Status Register
32
R
undef
FFFE:C918
DSP_BOOT_CONFIG
MPUI Boot Configuration Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:C91C
DSP_MPUI_CONFIG
MPUI DSP MPUI Configuration Register
32
RW
FFFFh
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--43. TIPB (Private) Bridge 1 Configuration Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
FFFE:CA00
TIPB_CNTL
Private TIPB Control Register
32
RW
FF11h
FFFE:CA04
TIPB_BUS_ALLOC
Private TIPB Bus Allocation Register
32
RW
0009h
FFFE:CA08
MPU_TIPB_CNTL
Private MPU TIPB Control Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:CA0C
ENHANCED_TIPB_CNTL
Private Enhanced TIPB Control Register
32
RW
0007h
FFFE:CA10
ADDRESS_DBG
Private Debug Address Register
32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:CA14
DATA_DEBUG_LOW
Private Debug Data LSB Register
32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:CA18
DATA_DEBUG_HIGH
Private Debug Data MSB Register
32
R
FFFFh
FFFE:CA1C
DEBUG_CNTR_SIG
Private Debug Control Signals Register
32
R
00F8h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
91
Functional Overview
Table 3--44. TIPB (Public) Bridge 2 Configuration Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:D300
TIPB_CNTL
Public TIPB Control Register
16
RW
FF11h
FFFE:D304
TIPB_BUS_ALLOC
Public TIPB Bus Allocation Register
16
RW
0009h
FFFE:D308
MPU_TIPB_CNTL
Public MPU TIPB Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:D30C
ENHANCED_TIPB_CNTL
Public Enhanced TIPB Control Register
16
RW
0007h
FFFE:D310
ADDRESS_DBG
Public Debug Address Register
16
R
FFFFh
FFFE:D314
DATA_DEBUG_LOW
Public Debug Data LSB Register
16
R
FFFFh
FFFE:D318
DATA_DEBUG_HIGH
Public Debug Data MSB Register
16
R
FFFFh
FFFE:D31C
DEBUG_CNTR_SIG
Public Debug Control Signals Register
16
R
00F8h
Table 3--45. MPU UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
FFFB:C800
RHSW_ARM_CNF1
FFFB:C804
RHSW_ARM_STA1
FFFB:C808 -FFFB:C83C
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
UART1 TIPB Switch Configuration Register (MPU)
16
RW
0001h
UART1 TIPB Switch Status Register (MPU)
16
R
0001h
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
FFFB:C840
RHSW_ARM_CNF2
UART2 TIPB Switch Configuration Register (MPU)
16
RW
0001h
FFFB:C844
RHSW_ARM_STA2
UART2 TIPB Switch Status Register (MPU)
16
R
0001h
FFFB:C848 -FFFB:C87C
Reserved
FFFB:C880
RHSW_ARM_CNF3
UART3 TIPB Switch Configuration Register (MPU)
16
RW
0001h
FFFB:C884
RHSW_ARM_STA3
UART3 TIPB Switch Status Register (MPU)
16
R
0001h
92
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--46. Traffic Controller Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CC00
IMIF_PRIO
TC IMIF Priority Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC04
EMIFS_PRIO_REG
TC EMIFS Priority Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC08
EMIFF_PRIO_REG
TC EMIFF Priority Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC0C
EMIFS_CONFIG_REG
TC EMIFS Configuration Register
32
RW
y00z0b†
FFFE:CC10
EMIFS_CS0_CONFIG
TC EMIFS CS0 Configuration Register
32
RW
0010 FFFBh
FFFE:CC14
EMIFS_CS1_CONFIG
TC EMIFS CS1 Configuration Register
32
RW
0010 FFFBh
FFFE:CC18
EMIFS_CS2_CONFIG
TC EMIFS CS2 Configuration Register
32
RW
0010 FFFBh
FFFE:CC1C
EMIFS_CS3_CONFIG
TC EMIFS CS3 Configuration Register
32
RW
0010 FFFBh
FFFE:CC20
EMIFF_SDRAM_CONFIG
TC EMIFF SDRAM Configuration Register
32
RW
0061 8800h
FFFE:CC24
EMIFF_MRS
TC EMIFF SDRAM MRS Register
32
RW
0000 0037h
FFFE:CC28
TIMEOUT1
TC Timeout 1 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC2C
TIMEOUT2
TC Timeout 2 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC30
TIMEOUT3
TC Timeout 3 Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
FFFE:CC34
ENDIANISM
TC Endianism Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
Reserved
32
RW
0000 0000h
TC EMIFF SDRAM Configuration Register 2
32
RW
0000 0003h
FFFE:CC38
FFFE:CC3C
EMIFF_SDRAM_CONFIG_2
FFFE:CC40 EMIFS_CFG_DYN_WAIT
TC EMIFS Wait-State Configuration Register
32
RW
0000 0000h
† The value of y is dependent upon the state of the FLASH.RDY pin and the value of z is dependent upon the state of the MPU_BOOT pin upon
power-on reset.
Table 3--47. MPU Clock/Reset/Power Mode Control Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:CE00
ARM_CKCTL
MPU Clock Control Register
32
RW
3000h
FFFE:CE04
ARM_IDLECT1
MPU Idle Control 1 Register
32
RW
0400h
FFFE:CE08
ARM_IDLECT2
MPU Idle Control 2 Register
32
RW
0100h
FFFE:CE0C
ARM_EWUPCT
MPU External Wakeup Control Register
32
RW
003Fh
FFFE:CE10
ARM_RSTCT1
MPU Reset Control 1 Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:CE14
ARM_RSTCT2
MPU Reset Control 2 Register
32
RW
0000h
FFFE:CE18
ARM_SYSST
MPU System Status Register
32
RW
0038h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
32
RW
0000 2002h
Table 3--48. DPLL1 Register
BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFE:CF00
REGISTER NAME
DPLL1_CTL_REG
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
DESCRIPTION
DPLL1 Control Register
SPRS197D
93
Functional Overview
Table 3--49. Ultra Low-Power Device Module Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:0800
COUNTER_32_LSB
ULPD 32-kHz Counter Register LSB
16
R
0001h
FFFE:0804
COUNTER_32_MSB
ULPD 32-kHz Counter Register MSB
16
R
0001h
FFFE:0808
COUNTER_HIGH_FREQ_LSB
ULPD High-Frequency Counter LSB Register
16
R
0001h
FFFE:080C
COUNTER_HIGH_FREQ_MSB
ULPD High-Frequency Counter MSB Register
16
R
0000h
FFFE:0810
GAUGING_CTRL_REG
ULPD Gauging Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:0814
IT_STATUS_REG
ULPD Interrupt Status Register
16
R
0000h
16
RW
03FFh
FFFE:0818 -FFFE:0820
FFFE:0824
Reserved
SETUP_ULPD1_REG
ULPD Wakeup Time Setup Register
FFFE:0828 -FFFE:082C
Reserved
FFFE:0830
CLOCK_CTRL_REG
ULPD Clock Control Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:0834
SOFT_REQ_REG
ULPD Soft Clock Request Register
16
RW
0000h
FFFE:0838
COUNTER_32_FIQ_REG
ULPD Modem Shutdown Delay Register
16
RW
0001h
FFFE:083C
DPLL_CTRL_REG
ULPD USB DPLL Control Register
16
RW
2211h
FFFE:0840
STATUS_REQ_REG
ULPD Hardware Request Status Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:0844
Reserved
FFFE:0848
LOCK_TIME_REG
ULPD APLL Lock Time Register
16
RW
0960h
FFFE:084C
APLL_CTRL_REG
ULPD APLL Control Register
16
RW
undef
FFFE:0850
POWER_CTRL_REG
ULPD Power Control Register
16
RW
0008h
Table 3--50. Device Die Identification Registers
BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
FFFE:1800
DIE_ID_LSB
Device Die Identification Register (LSB)
32
R
--
FFFE:1804
DIE_ID_MSB
Device Die Identification Register (MSB)
32
R
--
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
32
R
--
Table 3--51. JTAG Identification Code Register
BYTE
ADDRESS
FFFE:D404
94
REGISTER NAME
JTAG_ID
SPRS197D
DESCRIPTION
JTAG Identification Code Register
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.16 DSP Register Descriptions
The following tables describe the DSP registers including register addresses, descriptions, required access
widths, access types (R-read, W-write, RW-read/write) and reset values. These tables are organized by
function with like peripherals or functions together and are therefore not necessarily in the order of ascending
register addresses.
NOTE: All accesses to these registers must be of the data access widths indicated to avoid
a TIPB bus error condition and a corresponding interrupt. Reserved addresses should never
be accessed
3.16.1
DSP Private Peripheral Registers
The DSP private peripheral registers include the following:
•
DMA Controller:
--
•
Timers:
-----
•
DSP DMA Controller Registers
DSP Timer 1 Registers
DSP Timer 2 Registers
DSP Timer 3 Registers
DSP Watchdog Timer Registers
Interrupt Control:
---
DSP Interrupt Interface Registers
DSP Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
95
Functional Overview
Table 3--52. DSP DMA Controller Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 0C00h
DMA_CSDP0
Channel 0 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C01h
DMA_CCR0
Channel 0 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C02h
DMA_CICR0
Channel 0 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
0x00 0C03h
DMA_CSR0
Channel 0 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C04h
DMA_CSSA_L0
Channel 0 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C05h
DMA_CSSA_U0
Channel 0 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C06h
DMA_CDSA_L0
Channel 0 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C07h
DMA_CDSA_U0
Channel 0 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C08h
DMA_CEN0
Channel 0 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C09h
DMA_CFN0
Channel 0 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C0Ah
DMA_CSFI0
Channel 0 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C0Bh
DMA_CSEI0
Channel 0 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C0Ch
DMA_CSAC0
Channel 0 Source Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C0Dh
DMA_CDAC0
Channel 0 Destination Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C0Eh
DMA_CDFI0
Channel 0 Destination Frame Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C0Fh
DMA_CDEI0
Channel 0 Destination Element Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C10h -0x00 0C1Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C20h
DMA_CSDP1
Channel 1 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C21h
DMA_CCR1
Channel 1 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C22h
DMA_CICR1
Channel 1 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
0x00 0C23h
DMA_CSR1
Channel 1 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C24h
DMA_CSSA_L1
Channel 1 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C25h
DMA_CSSA_U1
Channel 1 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C26h
DMA_CDSA_L1
Channel 1 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C27h
DMA_CDSA_U1
Channel 1 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C28h
DMA_CEN1
Channel 1 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C29h
DMA_CFN1
Channel 1 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C2Ah
DMA_CSFI1
Channel 1 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C2Bh
DMA_CSEI1
Channel 1 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C2Ch
DMA_CSAC1
Channel 1 Source Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C2Dh
DMA_CDAC1
Channel 1 Destination Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C2Eh
DMA_CDFI1
Channel 1 Destination Frame Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C2Fh
DMA_CDEI1
Channel 1 Destination Element Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C30h -0x00 0C3Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C40h
DMA_CSDP2
Channel 2 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C41h
DMA_CCR2
Channel 2 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C42h
DMA_CICR2
Channel 2 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
0x00 0C43h
DMA_CSR2
Channel 2 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C44h
DMA_CSSA_L2
Channel 2 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C45h
DMA_CSSA_U2
Channel 2 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C46h
DMA_CDSA_L2
Channel 2 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C47h
DMA_CDSA_U2
Channel 2 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
96
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--52. DSP DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 0C48h
DMA_CEN2
Channel 2 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C49h
DMA_CFN2
Channel 2 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C4Ah
DMA_CSFI2
Channel 2 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C4Bh
DMA_CSEI2
Channel 2 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C4Ch
DMA_CSAC2
Channel 2 Source Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C4Dh
DMA_CDAC2
Channel 2 Destination Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C4Eh
DMA_CDFI2
Channel 2 Destination Frame Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C4Fh
DMA_CDEI2
Channel 2 Destination Element Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C50h -0x00 0C5Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C60h
DMA_CSDP3
Channel 3 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C61h
DMA_CCR3
Channel 3 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C62h
DMA_CICR3
Channel 3 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
0x00 0C63h
DMA_CSR3
Channel 3 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C64h
DMA_CSSA_L3
Channel 3 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C65h
DMA_CSSA_U3
Channel 3 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C66h
DMA_CDSA_L3
Channel 3 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C67h
DMA_CDSA_U3
Channel 3 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C68h
DMA_CEN3
Channel 3 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C69h
DMA_CFN3
Channel 3 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C6Ah
DMA_CSFI3
Channel 3 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C6Bh
DMA_CSEI3
Channel 3 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C6Ch
DMA_CSAC3
Channel 3 Source Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C6Dh
DMA_CDAC3
Channel 3 Destination Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C6Eh
DMA_CDFI3
Channel 3 Destination Frame Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C6Fh
DMA_CDEI3
Channel 3 Destination Element Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C70h -0x00 0C7Fh
Reserved
0x00 0C80h
DMA_CSDP4
Channel 4 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C81h
DMA_CCR4
Channel 4 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0C82h
DMA_CICR4
Channel 4 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
0x00 0C83h
DMA_CSR4
Channel 4 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0C84h
DMA_CSSA_L4
Channel 4 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C85h
DMA_CSSA_U4
Channel 4 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C86h
DMA_CDSA_L4
Channel 4 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C87h
DMA_CDSA_U4
Channel 4 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C88h
DMA_CEN4
Channel 4 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C89h
DMA_CFN4
Channel 4 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C8Ah
DMA_CSFI4
Channel 4 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C8Bh
DMA_CSEI4
Channel 4 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C8Ch
DMA_CSAC4
Channel 4 Source Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C8Dh
DMA_CDAC4
Channel 4 Destination Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C8Eh
DMA_CDFI4
Channel 4 Destination Frame Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0C8Fh
DMA_CDEI4
Channel 4 Destination Element Index
16
RW
undef
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
97
Functional Overview
Table 3--52. DSP DMA Controller Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
0x00 0C90h -0x00 0C9Fh
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
Reserved
0x00 0CA0h
DMA_CSDP5
Channel 5 Source/Destination Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0CA1h
DMA_CCR5
Channel 5 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0CA2h
DMA_CICR5
Channel 5 Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0003h
0x00 0CA3h
DMA_CSR5
Channel 5 Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 0CA4h
DMA_CSSA_L5
Channel 5 Source Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CA5h
DMA_CSSA_U5
Channel 5 Source Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CA6h
DMA_CDSA_L5
Channel 5 Destination Start Address Register LSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CA7h
DMA_CDSA_U5
Channel 5 Destination Start Address Register MSB
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CA8h
DMA_CEN5
Channel 5 Element Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CA9h
DMA_CFN5
Channel 5 Frame Number Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CAAh
DMA_CSFI5
Channel 5 Frame Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CABh
DMA_CSEI5
Channel 5 Element Index Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CACh
DMA_CSAC5
Channel 5 Source Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CADh
DMA_CDAC5
Channel 5 Destination Address Counter Register
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CAEh
DMA_CDFI5
Channel 5 Destination Frame Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CAFh
DMA_CDEI5
Channel 5 Destination Element Index
16
RW
undef
0x00 0CB0h -0x00 0DFFh
Reserved
0x00 0E00h
DMA_GCR
Global Control Register
16
RW
0008h
0x00 0E01h
DMA_GTCR
Global Timeout Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0E02h
DMA_GSCR
Global Software Incompatible Control Register
16
RW
0000h
98
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--53. DSP Timer 1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 2800h
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
DSP_CNTL_TIMER_1
DSP Timer 1 Control Timer Register
0x00 2801h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16
RW
0000h
Reserved
0x00 2802h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_HI_1
DSP Timer 1 Load Timer High Register
16
W
undef
0x00 2803h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_LO_1
DSP Timer 1 Load Timer Low Register
16
W
undef
0x00 2804h
DSP_READ_TIM_HI_1
DSP Timer 1 Read Timer High Register
16
R
undef
0x00 2805h
DSP_READ_TIM_LO_1
DSP Timer 1 Read Timer Low Register
16
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16
RW
0000h
Table 3--54. DSP Timer 2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 2C00h
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
DSP_CNTL_TIMER_2
DSP Timer 2 Control Timer Register
0x00 2C01h
Reserved
0x00 2C02h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_HI_2
DSP Timer 2 Load Timer High Register
16
W
undef
0x00 2C03h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_LO_2
DSP Timer 2 Load Timer Low Register
16
W
undef
0x00 2C04h
DSP_READ_TIM_HI_2
DSP Timer 2 Read Timer High Register
16
R
undef
0x00 2C05h
DSP_READ_TIM_LO_2
DSP Timer 2 Read Timer Low Register
16
R
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
16
RW
0000h
Table 3--55. DSP Timer 3 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 3000h
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
DSP_CNTL_TIMER_3
DSP Timer 3 Control Timer Register
0x00 3001h
Reserved
0x00 3002h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_HI_3
DSP Timer 3 Load Timer High Register
16
W
undef
0x00 3003h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_LO_3
DSP Timer 3 Load Timer Low Register
16
W
undef
0x00 3004h
DSP_READ_TIM_HI_3
DSP Timer 3 Read Timer High Register
16
R
undef
0x00 3005h
DSP_READ_TIM_LO_3
DSP Timer 3 Read Timer Low Register
16
R
undef
Table 3--56. DSP Watchdog Timer Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 3400h
REGISTER NAME
DSP_CNTL_TIMER_WD
0x00 3401h
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
16
RW
0002h
DSP WDT Control Timer Register
Reserved
0x00 3402h
DSP_LOAD_TIM_WD
DSP WDT Load Timer Register
16
W
FFFFh
0x00 3402h
DSP_READ_TIM_WD
DSP WDT Read Timer Register
16
R
FFFFh
16
RW
8000h
0x00 3403h
0x00 3404h
Reserved
DSP_TIMER_MODE_WD
DSP WDT Timer Mode Register
Table 3--57. DSP Interrupt Interface Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 3800h
ET_LS_CTRL_HI
Edge Triggered/Level Sensitive Control Register High
16
RW
0000h
0x00 3801h
ET_LS_CTRL_LO
Edge Triggered/Level Sensitive Control Register Low
16
RW
0000h
0x00 3802h
RST_LVL_LO
Level Sensitive Clear Low Register
16
W
0000h
0x00 3803h
RST_LVL_HI
Level Sensitive Clear High Register
16
W
0000h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
99
Functional Overview
Table 3--58. DSP Level 2 Interrupt Handler Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET VALUE
0x00 4800h
DSP_L2_ITR
Interrupt Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4802h
DSP_L2_MIR
Mask Interrupt Register
16
RW
FFFFh
0x00 4804h
DSP_L2_SIR_IRQ_CODE
IRQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 4806h
DSP_L2_SIR_FIQ_CODE
FIQ Interrupt Encoded Source Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 4808h
DSP_L2_CONTROL_REG
Interrupt Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 480Ah
DSP_L2_ISR
Software Interrupt Set Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 480Ch
DSP_L2_ILR0
Interrupt 0 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 480Eh
DSP_L2_ILR1
Interrupt 1 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4810h
DSP_L2_ILR2
Interrupt 2 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4812h
DSP_L2_ILR3
Interrupt 3 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4814h
DSP_L2_ILR4
Interrupt 4 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4816h
DSP_L2_ILR5
Interrupt 5 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4818h
DSP_L2_ILR6
Interrupt 6 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 481Ah
DSP_L2_ILR7
Interrupt 7 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 481Ch
DSP_L2_ILR8
Interrupt 8 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 481Eh
DSP_L2_ILR9
Interrupt 9 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4820h
DSP_L2_ILR10
Interrupt 10 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4822h
DSP_L2_ILR11
Interrupt 11 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4824h
DSP_L2_ILR12
Interrupt 12 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4826h
DSP_L2_ILR13
Interrupt 13 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4828h
DSP_L2_ILR14
Interrupt 14 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 482Ah
DSP_L2_ILR15
Interrupt 15 Priority Level Register
16
RW
0000h
100
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.16.2
DSP Public Peripheral Registers
The DSP public peripheral registers include the following:
•
Serial Ports:
-----
McBSP1 Registers
McBSP3 Registers
MCSI1 Registers
MCSI2 Registers
Table 3--59. McBSP1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
0x00 8C00h
E101:1800
MCBSP1_DRR2
0x00 8C01h
E101:1802
MCBSP1_DRR1
0x00 8C02h
E101:1804
0x00 8C03h
E101:1806
0x00 8C04h
0x00 8C05h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
McBSP1 Data Receive Register 2
16
RW
0000h
McBSP1 Data Receive Register 1
16
RW
0000h
MCBSP1_DXR2
McBSP1 Data Transmit Register 2
16
RW
0000h
MCBSP1_DXR1
McBSP1 Data Transmit Register 1
16
RW
0000h
E101:1808
MCBSP1_SPCR2
McBSP1 Serial Port Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
E101:180A
MCBSP1_SPCR1
McBSP1 Serial Port Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C06h
E101:180C
MCBSP1_RCR2
McBSP1 Receive Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C07h
E101:180E
MCBSP1_RCR1
McBSP1 Receive Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C08h
E101:1810
MCBSP1_XCR2
McBSP1 Transmit Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C09h
E101:1812
MCBSP1_XCR1
McBSP1 Transmit Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C0Ah
E101:1814
MCBSP1_SRGR2
McBSP1 Sample Rate Generator Register 2
16
RW
2000h
0x00 8C0Bh
E101:1816
MCBSP1_SRGR1
McBSP1 Sample Rate Generator Register 1
16
RW
0001h
0x00 8C0Ch
E101:1818
MCBSP1_MCR2
McBSP1 Multichannel Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C0Dh
E101:181A
MCBSP1_MCR1
McBSP1 Multichannel Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
16
RW
0000h
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
0x00 8C0Eh
E101:181C
MCBSP1_RCERA
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition A
0x00 8C0Fh
E101:181E
MCBSP1_RCERB
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition B
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C10h
E101:1820
MCBSP1_XCERA
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition A
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C11h
E101:1822
MCBSP1_XCERB
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition B
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C12h
E101:1824
MCBSP1_PCR0
McBSP1 Pin Control Register 0
16
RW
0000h
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C13h
E101:1826
MCBSP1_RCERC
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition C
0x00 8C14h
E101:1828
MCBSP1_RCERD
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition D
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C15h
E101:182A
MCBSP1_XCERC
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition C
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C16h
E101:182C
MCBSP1_XCERD
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition D
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C17h
E101:182E
MCBSP1_RCERE
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition E
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C18h
E101:1830
MCBSP1_RCERF
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition F
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C19h
E101:1832
MCBSP1_XCERE
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition E
16
RW
0000h
0x00 8C1Ah
E101:1834
MCBSP1_XCERF
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition F
16
RW
0000h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
101
Functional Overview
Table 3--59. McBSP1 Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
0x00 8C1Bh
E101:1836
MCBSP1_RCERG
0x00 8C1Ch
E101:1838
0x00 8C1Dh
0x00 8C1Eh
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition G
16
RW
0000h
MCBSP1_RCERH
McBSP1 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition H
16
RW
0000h
E101:183A
MCBSP1_XCERG
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition G
16
RW
0000h
E101:183C
MCBSP1_XCERH
McBSP1 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition H
16
RW
0000h
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
Table 3--60. McBSP3 Registers
MPU BYTE
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 B800h
E101:7000
MCBSP3_DRR2
McBSP3 Data Receive Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B801h
E101:7002
MCBSP3_DRR1
McBSP3 Data Receive Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B802h
E101:7004
MCBSP3_DXR2
McBSP3 Data Transmit Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B803h
E101:7006
MCBSP3_DXR1
McBSP3 Data Transmit Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B804h
E101:7008
MCBSP3_SPCR2
McBSP3 Serial Port Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B805h
E101:700A
MCBSP3_SPCR1
McBSP3 Serial Port Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B806h
E101:700C
MCBSP3_RCR2
McBSP3 Receive Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B807h
E101:700E
MCBSP3_RCR1
McBSP3 Receive Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B808h
E101:7010
MCBSP3_XCR2
McBSP3 Transmit Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B809h
E101:7012
MCBSP3_XCR1
McBSP3 Transmit Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B80Ah
E101:7014
MCBSP3_SRGR2
McBSP3 Sample Rate Generator Register 2
16
RW
2000h
0x00 B80Bh
E101:7016
MCBSP3_SRGR1
McBSP3 Sample Rate Generator Register 1
16
RW
0001h
0x00 B80Ch E101:7018
MCBSP3_MCR2
McBSP3 Multichannel Control Register 2
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B80Dh E101:701A
MCBSP3_MCR1
McBSP3 Multichannel Control Register 1
16
RW
0000h
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B80Eh
E101:701C
MCBSP3_RCERA
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition A
0x00 B80Fh
E101:701E
MCBSP3_RCERB
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition B
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B810h
E101:7020
MCBSP3_XCERA
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition A
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B811h
E101:7022
MCBSP3_XCERB
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition B
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B812h
E101:7024
MCBSP3_PCR0
McBSP3 Pin Control Register 0
16
RW
0000h
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B813h
E101:7026
MCBSP3_RCERC
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition C
0x00 B814h
E101:7028
MCBSP3_RCERD
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition D
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B815h
E101:702A
MCBSP3_XCERC
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition C
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B816h
E101:702C
MCBSP3_XCERD
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition D
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B817h
E101:702E
MCBSP3_RCERE
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition E
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B818h
E101:7030
MCBSP3_RCERF
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition F
16
RW
0000h
102
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--60. McBSP3 Registers (Continued)
MPU BYTE
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 B819h
E101:7032
MCBSP3_XCERE
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition E
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B81Ah
E101:7034
MCBSP3_XCERF
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition F
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B81Bh
E101:7036
MCBSP3_RCERG
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition G
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B81Ch E101:7038
MCBSP3_RCERH
McBSP3 Receive Channel Enable Register
Partition H
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B81Dh E101:703A
MCBSP3_XCERG
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition G
16
RW
0000h
0x00 B81Eh
MCBSP3_XCERH
McBSP3 Transmit Channel Enable Register
Partition H
16
RW
0000h
E101:703C
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
103
Functional Overview
Table 3--61. MCSI1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
0x00 9400h
E101:2800
MCSI1_CONTROL_REG
0x00 9401h
E101:2802
MCSI1_MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG
0x00 9402h
E101:2804
0x00 9403h
E101:2806
0x00 9404h
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
MCSI1 Control Register
16
RW
0000h
MCSI1 Main Parameters Register
16
RW
0000h
MCSI1_INTERRUPTS_REG
MCSI1 Interrupts Register
16
RW
0000h
MCSI1_CHANNEL_USED_REG
MCSI1 Channel Used Register
16
RW
0000h
E101:2808
MCSI1_OVER_CLOCK_REG
MCSI1 Over-Clock Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9405h
E101:280A
MCSI1_CLOCK_FREQUENCY_
REG
MCSI1 Clock Frequency Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9406h
E101:280C
MCSI1_STATUS_REG
MCSI1 Status Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9407h-0x00 941Fh
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
0x00 9420h
E101:2840
MCSI1_TX0
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 0
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9421h
E101:2842
MCSI1_TX1
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 1
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9422h
E101:2844
MCSI1_TX2
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 2
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9423h
E101:2846
MCSI1_TX3
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 3
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9424h
E101:2848
MCSI1_TX4
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 4
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9425h
E101:284A
MCSI1_TX5
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 5
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9426h
E101:284C
MCSI1_TX6
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 6
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9427h
E101:284E
MCSI1_TX7
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 7
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9428h
E101:2850
MCSI1_TX8
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 8
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9429h
E101:2852
MCSI1_TX9
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 9
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 942Ah
E101:2854
MCSI1_TX10
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 10
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 942Bh
E101:2856
MCSI1_TX11
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 11
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 942Ch
E101:2858
MCSI1_TX12
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 12
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 942Dh
E101:285A
MCSI1_TX13
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 13
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 942Eh
E101:285C
MCSI1_TX14
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 14
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 942Fh
E101:285E
MCSI1_TX15
MCSI1 Transmit Word Register 15
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9430h
E101:2860
MCSI1_RX0
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 0
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9431h
E101:2862
MCSI1_RX1
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 1
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9432h
E101:2864
MCSI1_RX2
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 2
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9433h
E101:2866
MCSI1_RX3
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 3
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9434h
E101:2868
MCSI1_RX4
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 4
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9435h
E101:286A
MCSI1_RX5
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 5
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9436h
E101:286C
MCSI1_RX6
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 6
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9437h
E101:286E
MCSI1_RX7
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 7
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9438h
E101:2870
MCSI1_RX8
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 8
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9439h
E101:2872
MCSI1_RX9
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 9
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Ah
E101:2874
MCSI1_RX10
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 10
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Bh
E101:2876
MCSI1_RX11
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 11
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Ch
E101:2878
MCSI1_RX12
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 12
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Dh
E101:287A
MCSI1_RX13
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 13
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Eh
E101:287C
MCSI1_RX14
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 14
16
R
Undefined
0x00 943Fh
E101:287E
MCSI1_RX15
MCSI1 Receive Word Register 15
16
R
Undefined
104
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--62. MCSI2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 9000h
E101:2000
MCSI2_CONTROL_REG
MCSI2 control register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9001h
E101:2002
MCSI2_MAIN_PARAMETERS_REG
MCSI2 main parameters register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9002h
E101:2004
MCSI2_INTERRUPTS_REG
MCSI2 interrupts register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9003h
E101:2006
MCSI2_CHANNEL_USED_REG
MCSI2 channel used register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9004h
E101:2008
MCSI2_OVER_CLOCK_REG
MCSI2 over-clock register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9005h
E101:200A
MCSI2_CLOCK_FREQUENCY_
REG
MCSI2 clock frequency register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9006h
E101:200C
MCSI2_STATUS_REG
MCSI2 status register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 9007h -0x00 901Fh
Reserved
0x00 9020h
E101:2040
MCSI2_TX0
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 0
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9021h
E101:2042
MCSI2_TX1
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 1
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9022h
E101:2044
MCSI2_TX2
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 2
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9023h
E101:2046
MCSI2_TX3
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 3
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9024h
E101:2048
MCSI2_TX4
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 4
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9025h
E101:204A
MCSI2_TX5
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 5
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9026h
E101:204C
MCSI2_TX6
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 6
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9027h
E101:204E
MCSI2_TX7
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 7
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9028h
E101:2050
MCSI2_TX8
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 8
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9029h
E101:2052
MCSI2_TX9
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 9
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 902Ah
E101:2054
MCSI2_TX10
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 10
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 902Bh
E101:2056
MCSI2_TX11
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 11
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 902Ch
E101:2058
MCSI2_TX12
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 12
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 902Dh
E101:205A
MCSI2_TX13
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 13
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 902Eh
E101:205C
MCSI2_TX14
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 14
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 902Fh
E101:205E
MCSI2_TX15
MCSI2 Transmit Word Register 15
16
RW
Undefined
0x00 9030h
E101:2060
MCSI2_RX0
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 0
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9031h
E101:2062
MCSI2_RX1
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 1
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9032h
E101:2064
MCSI2_RX2
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 2
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9033h
E101:2066
MCSI2_RX3
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 3
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9034h
E101:2068
MCSI2_RX4
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 4
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9035h
E101:206A
MCSI2_RX5
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 5
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9036h
E101:206C
MCSI2_RX6
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 6
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9037h
E101:206E
MCSI2_RX7
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 7
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9038h
E101:2070
MCSI2_RX8
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 8
16
R
Undefined
0x00 9039h
E101:2072
MCSI2_RX9
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 9
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Ah
E101:2074
MCSI2_RX10
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 10
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Bh
E101:2076
MCSI2_RX11
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 11
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Ch
E101:2078
MCSI2_RX12
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 12
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Dh
E101:207A
MCSI2_RX13
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 13
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Eh
E101:207C
MCSI2_RX14
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 14
16
R
Undefined
0x00 903Fh
E101:207E
MCSI2_RX15
MCSI2 Receive Word Register 15
16
R
Undefined
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
105
Functional Overview
3.16.3
DSP Configuration Registers
The DSP configuration registers include the following:
•
I-Cache and EMIF setup
---
•
TIPB setup
---
•
DSP Instruction Cache Registers
DSP EMIF Configuration Registers
DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Registers
DSP UART TI Peripheral Bus Switch Registers
Clock Control:
--
DSP Clock Mode Registers
Table 3--63. DSP Instruction Cache Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
0x00 1400h
REGISTER NAME
ICGC
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
I-Cache Global Control Register
16
RW
C006h
0x00 1401h
Reserved
16
RW
0000h
0x00 1402h
Reserved
16
RW
0000h
000Dh
0x00 1403h
ICWC
I-Cache Way Control Register
16
RW
0x00 1404h
ICST
I-Cache Status Register
16
R
0000h
0x00 1405h
ICRC1
I-Cache Ramset 1 Control Register
16
RW
000Dh
0x00 1406h
ICRTAG1
I-Cache Remset 1 TAG Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 1407h
ICRC2
I-Cache Ramset 2 Control Register
16
RW
000Dh
0x00 1408h
ICRTAG2
I-Cache Remset 2 TAG Register
16
RW
0000h
Table 3--64. DSP EMIF Configuration Register
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 0800h
DSP_EMIF_GCR
DSP EMIF Global Control Register
16
RW
0020h
0x00 0801h
DSP_EMIF_GRR
DSP EMIF Global Reset Register
16
RW
undef
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
Table 3--65. DSP TIPB Bridge Configuration Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
0x00 0000h
TIPB_CMR
DSP TIPB Bridge Control Mode Register
16
RW
FE4Dh
0x00 0001h
TIPB_ICR
DSP TIPB Bridge Idle Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 0002h
TIPB_ISTR
DSP TIPB Bridge Idle Status Register
16
R
0000h
106
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--66. DSP UART TIPB Bus Switch Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 E400h
RHSW_DSP_CNF1
UART1 TIPB Switch Configuration Register (DSP)
16
RW
0001h
0x00 E402h
RHSW_DSP_STA1
UART1 TIPB Switch Status Register (DSP)
16
R
0001h
0x00 E404-0x00 E0Eh
Reserved
0x00 E410h
RHSW_DSP_CNF2
UART2 TIPB Switch Configuration Register (DSP)
16
RW
0001h
0x00 E412h
RHSW_DSP_STA2
UART2 TIPB Switch Status Register (DSP)
16
R
0001h
0x00 E414-0x00 E1Eh
Reserved
0x00 E420h
RHSW_DSP_CNF3
UART3 TIPB Switch Configuration Register (DSP)
16
RW
0001h
0x00 E422h
RHSW_DSP_STA3
UART3 TIPB Switch Status Register (DSP)
16
R
0001h
Table 3--67. DSP Clock Mode Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 4000h
E100:8000
DSP_CKCTL
DSP Clock Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4002h
E100:8004
DSP_IDLECT1
DSP Idle Control 1 Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4004h
E100:8008
DSP_IDLECT2
DSP Idle Control 2 Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 4006h -0x00 4008h
Reserved
0x00 400Ah
E100:8014
DSP_RSTCT2
DSP Peripheral Reset Control Register
16
RW
0000h
0x00 400Ch
E100:8018
DSP_SYSST
DSP System Status Register
16
RW
0000h
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
107
Functional Overview
3.16.4
MPU/DSP Shared Peripheral Register Descriptions
The following tables describe the MPU/DSP shared peripheral registers including register addresses,
descriptions, required access widths, access types (R-read, W-write, RW-read/write) and reset values. These
tables are organized by function with like peripherals or functions together and are therefore not necessarily
in order of ascending register addresses. Reserved addresses should never be accessed.
NOTE: All accesses to these registers must be of the data access widths indicated to avoid
a TIPB bus error condition and a corresponding interrupt. Reserved addresses should never
be accessed.
The MPU/DSP shared peripheral registers include the following:
•
UARTs:
----
•
GPIO and Mailboxes
---
108
UART1 Registers
UART2 Registers
UART3/IrDA Registers
MPU/DSP Shared GPIO Registers
MPU/DSP Shared Mailbox Registers
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--68. UART1 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
†
‡
§
¶
#
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 8000h
FFFB:0000
E101:0000
UART1_RHR†
UART1 Receive Holding Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 8000h
FFFB:0000
E101:0000
UART1_THR†
UART1 Transmit Holding Register
8
W
Undefined
00h
0x00 8000h
FFFB:0000
E101:0000
UART1_DLL‡§
UART1 Divisor Latch Low Register
8
RW
0x00 8001h
FFFB:0004
E101:0002
UART1_IER†
UART1 Interrupt Enable Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8001h
FFFB:0004
E101:0002
UART1_DLH‡§
UART1 Divisor Latch High Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8002h
FFFB:0008
E101:0004
UART1_IIR†‡
UART1 Interrupt Identification
Register
8
R
01h
0x00 8002h
FFFB:0008
E101:0004
UART1_FCR†‡¶
UART1 FIFO Control Register
8
W
00h
0x00 8002h
FFFB:0008
E101:0004
UART1_EFR§
UART1 Enhanced Feature Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8003h
FFFB:000C
E101:0006
UART1_LCR
UART1 Line Control Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8004h
FFFB:0010
E101:0008
UART1_MCR†‡¶
UART1 Modem Control Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8004h
FFFB:0010
E101:0008
UART1_XON1§
UART1 XON1 Register
8
RW
00h
60h
0x00 8005h
FFFB:0014
E101:000A
UART1_LSR†‡
UART1 Mode Register
8
R
0x00 8005h
FFFB:0014
E101:000A
UART1_XON2§
UART1 XON2 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8006h
FFFB:0018
E101:000C
UART1_MSR†‡
UART1 Modem Status Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 8006h
FFFB:0018
E101:000C
UART1_TCR#
UART1 Transmission
Control Register
8
RW
0Fh
0x00 8006h
FFFB:0018
E101:000C
UART1_XOFF1§
UART1 XOFF1 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8007h
FFFB:001C
E101:000E
UART1_SPR†‡
UART1 Scratchpad Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8007h
FFFB:001C
E101:000E
UART1_TLR#
UART1 Trigger Level Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8007h
FFFB:001C
E101:000E
UART1_XOFF2§
UART1 XOFF2 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8008h
FFFB:0020
E101:0010
UART1_MDR1
UART1 Mode Definition 1 Register
8
RW
07h
0x00 8009h -0x00 800Dh
FFFB:0024 -FFFB:0034
0x00 800Eh
FFFB:0038
8
R
00h
0x00 800Fh
FFFB:003C
0x00 8010h
FFFB:0040
E101:0020
UART1_SCR
UART1 Supplementary Control
Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8011h
FFFB:0044
E101:0022
UART1_SSR
UART1 Supplementary Status
Register
8
R
00h
0x00 8012h
FFFB:0048
0x00 8013h
FFFB:004C
E101:0026
UART1_OSC_
12M_SEL†
UART1 12-/13-MHz Oscillator
Select Register
8
W
00h
0x00 8014h
FFFB:0050
E101:0028
UART1_MVR
UART1 Module Version Register
8
R
--
Reserved
E101:001C
UART1_UASR‡§
UART1 Autobauding Status
Register
Reserved
Reserved
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0 (normal operating mode)
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 1 and LCR[7:0] ¸ 0BFh
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0BFh
Register is write accessible when EFR[4] = 1
Register is accessible when EFR[4] = 1 and MCR[6] = 1
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
109
Functional Overview
Table 3--69. UART2 Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
†
‡
§
¶
#
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 8400h
FFFB:0800
E101:0800
UART2_RHR†
UART2 Receive Holding Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 8400h
FFFB:0800
E101:0800
UART2_THR†
UART2 Transmit Holding Register
8
W
Undefined
0x00 8400h
FFFB:0800
E101:0800
UART2_DLL‡§
UART2 Divisor Latch Low Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8401h
FFFB:0804
E101:0802
UART2_IER†
UART2 Interrupt Enable Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8401h
FFFB:0804
E101:0802
UART2_DLH‡§
UART2 Divisor Latch High Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8402h
FFFB:0808
E101:0804
UART2_IIR†‡
UART2 Interrupt Identification
Register
8
R
01h
0x00 8402h
FFFB:0808
E101:0804
UART2_FCR†‡¶
UART2 FIFO Control Register
8
W
00h
0x00 8402h
FFFB:0808
E101:0804
UART2_EFR§
UART2 Enhanced Feature Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8403h
FFFB:080C
E101:0806
UART2_LCR
UART2 Line Control Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8404h
FFFB:0810
E101:0808
UART2_MCR†‡¶
UART2 Modem Control Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8404h
FFFB:0810
E101:0808
UART2_XON1§
UART2 XON1 Register
8
RW
00h
60h
0x00 8405h
FFFB:0814
E101:080A
UART2_LSR†‡
UART2 Mode Register
8
R
0x00 8405h
FFFB:0814
E101:080A
UART2_XON2§
UART2 XON2 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8406h
FFFB:0818
E101:080C
UART2_MSR†‡
UART2 Modem Status Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 8406h
FFFB:0818
E101:080C
UART2_TCR#
UART2 Transmission Control
Register
8
RW
0Fh
0x00 8406h
FFFB:0818
E101:080C
UART2_XOFF1§
UART2 XOFF1 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8407h
FFFB:081C
E101:080E
UART2_SPR†‡
UART2 Scratchpad Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8407h
FFFB:081C
E101:080E
UART2_TLR#
UART2 Trigger Level Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8407h
FFFB:081C
E101:080E
UART2_XOFF2§
UART2 XOFF2 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8408h
FFFB:0820
E101:0810
UART2_MDR1
UART2 Mode Definition 1 Register
8
RW
07h
0x00 8409 -0x00840Dh
FFFB:0824 -FFFB:0834
0x00 840Eh
FFFB:0838
8
R
00h
0x00 840Fh
FFFB:083C
0x00 8410h
FFFB:0840
E101:0820
UART2_SCR
UART2 Supplementary Control
Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 8411h
FFFB:0844
E101:0822
UART2_SSR
UART2 Supplementary Status
Register
8
R
00h
0x00 8412h
FFFB:0848
UART2 12-/13-MHz Oscillator Select
Register
8
W
00h
UART2 Module Version Register
8
R
--
Reserved
E101:081C
UART2_UASR‡§
UART2 Autobauding Status Register
Reserved
Reserved
0x00 8413h
FFFB:084C
E101:0826
UART2_OSC_
12M_SELV†
0x00 8414h
FFFB:0850
E101:0828
UART2_MVR
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0 (normal operating mode)
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 1 and LCR[7:0] ¸ 0BFh
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0BFh
Register is write accessible when EFR[4] = 1
Register is accessible when EFR[4] = 1 and MCR[6] = 1
110
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--70. UART3/IrDA Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 CC00h
FFFB:9800
E101:9800
UART3_RHR†
UART3 Receive Holding Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 CC00h
FFFB:9800
E101:9800
UART3_THR†
UART3 Transmit Holding Register
8
W
Undefined
0x00 CC00h
FFFB:9800
E101:9800
UART3_DLL‡§
UART3 Divisor Latch Low
Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC01h
FFFB:9804
E101:9802
UART3_IER†
UART3 Interrupt Enable Register
8
RW
00h
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC01h
FFFB:9804
E101:9802
UART3_DLH‡§
UART3 Divisor Latch High
Register
0x00 CC02h
FFFB:9808
E101:9804
UART3_IIR†‡
UART3 Interrupt Identification
Register
8
R
01h
0x00 CC02h
FFFB:9808
E101:9804
UART3_FCR†‡¶
UART3 FIFO Control Register
8
W
00h
0x00 CC02h
FFFB:9808
E101:9804
UART3_EFR§
UART3 Enhanced Feature
Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC03h
FFFB:980C
E101:9806
UART3_LCR
UART3 Line Control Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC04h
FFFB:9810
E101:9808
UART3_MCR†‡¶
UART3 Modem Control Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC04h
FFFB:9810
E101:9808
UART3_XON1§
UART3 XON1 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC05h
FFFB:9814
E101:980A
UART3_LSR†‡
UART3 Mode Register
8
R
60h
0x00 CC05h
FFFB:9814
E101:980A
UART3_XON2§
UART3 XON2 Register
8
RW
00h
E101:980C
UART3_MSR†‡
UART3 Modem Status Register
8
R
Undefined
8
RW
0Fh
0x00 CC06h
FFFB:9818
0x00 CC06h
FFFB:9818
E101:980C
UART3_TCR#
UART3 Transmission Control
Register
0x00 CC06h
FFFB:9818
E101:980C
UART3_XOFF1§
UART3 XOFF1 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC07h
FFFB:981C
E101:980E
UART3_SPR†‡
UART3 Scratchpad Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC07h
FFFB:981C
E101:980E
UART3_TLR#
UART3 Trigger Level Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC07h
FFFB:981C
E101:980E
UART3_XOFF2§
UART3 XOFF2 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC08h
FFFB:9820
E101:9810
UART3_MDR1
UART3 Mode Definition 1 Register
8
RW
07h
0x00 CC09h
FFFB:9824
E101:9812
UART3_MDR2
UART3 Mode Definition Register 2
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC0Ah
FFFB:9828
E101:9814
UART3_SFLSR
UART3 Status FIFO Line Status
Register
8
R
00h
0x00 CC0Ah
FFFB:9828
E101:9814
UART3_TXFLL
UART3 Transmit Frame Length
Low
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Bh
FFFB:982C
E101:9816
UART3_RESUME
UART3 Resume Register
8
R
00h
0x00 CC0Bh
FFFB:982C
E101:9816
UART3_TXFLH
UART3 Transmit Frame Length
High
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Ch
FFFB:9830
E101:9818
UART3_SFREGL
UART3 Status FIFO Low Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 CC0Ch
FFFB:9830
E101:9818
UART3_RXFLL
UART3 Receive Frame Length
Low
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Dh
FFFB:9834
E101:981A
UART3_SFREGH
UART3 Status FIFO High Register
8
R
Undefined
0x00 CC0Dh
FFFB:9834
E101:981A
UART3_RXFLH
UART3 Receive Frame Length
High
8
W
00h
0x00 CC0Eh
FFFB:9838
E101:981C
UART3_BLR†
UART3 BOF Control Register
8
RW
40h
0x00 CC0Fh
FFFB:983C
E101:981E
UART3_ACREG†
UART3 Auxiliary Control Register
8
RW
00h
†
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0 (normal operating mode)
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 1 and LCR[7:0] ¸ 0BFh
§ Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0BFh
¶ Register is write accessible when EFR[4] = 1
# Register is accessible when EFR[4] = 1 and MCR[6] = 1
‡
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
111
Functional Overview
Table 3--70. UART3/IrDA Registers (Continued)
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
(VIA MPUI)
REGISTER
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
ACCESS
TYPE
RESET
VALUE
0x00 CC0Fh
FFFB:983C
E101:981E
UART3_DIV16‡§
UART3 Divide 1.6 Register
8
RW
00h
0x00 CC10h
FFFB:9840
E101:9820
UART3_SCR
UART3 Supplementary Control
Register
8
RW
00h
†
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0 (normal operating mode)
Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 1 and LCR[7:0] ¸ 0BFh
§ Register is accessible when LCR[7] = 0BFh
¶ Register is write accessible when EFR[4] = 1
# Register is accessible when EFR[4] = 1 and MCR[6] = 1
‡
Table 3--71. MPU/DSP Shared GPIO Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
MPU
ACCESS
DSP
ACCESS
RESET
VALUE
0x00 F000h
FFFC:E000
DATA_INPUT
Data Input Register
16
R
R
0000h
0x00 F002h
FFFC:E004
DATA_OUTPUT
Data Output Register
16
RW
RW
FFFFh
16
RW
RW
FFFFh
0x00 F004h
FFFC:E008
DIRECTION_CONTROL
Direction Control
Register
0x00 F006h
FFFC:E00C
INTERRUPT_CONTROL
Interrupt Control
Register
16
RW
RW
FFFFh
0x00 F008h
FFFC:E010
INTERRUPT_MASK
Interrupt Mask Register
16
RW
RW
FFFFh
0x00 F00Ah
FFFC:E014
INTERRUPT_STATUS
Interrupt Status Register
16
RW
RW
0000h
0x00 F00Ch
FFFC:E018
PIN_CONTROL
Pin Control Register
16
RW
R
FFFFh
Table 3--72. MPU/DSP Shared Mailbox Registers
DSP WORD
ADDRESS
MPU BYTE
ADDRESS
REGISTER NAME
DESCRIPTION
ACCESS
WIDTH
MPU
DSP
ACCESS
TYPE
ACCESS
TYPE
R
0000h
RESET
VALUE
0x00 F800h
FFFC:F000
ARM2DSP1
MPU to DSP 1 Data Register
16
RW
0x00 F802h
FFFC:F004
ARM2DSP1B
MPU to DSP 1 Command Register
16
RW
R
0000h
0x00 F804h
FFFC:F008
DSP2ARM1
DSP to MPU 1 Data Register
16
R
RW
0000h
0x00 F806h
FFFC:F00C
DSP2ARM1B
DSP to MPU 1 Command Register
16
R
RW
0000h
0x00 F808h
FFFC:F010
DSP2ARM2
DSP to MPU 2 Data Register
16
R
RW
0000h
0x00 F80Ah
FFFC:F014
DSP2ARM2B
DSP to MPU 2 Command Register
16
R
RW
0000h
0x00 F80Ch
FFFC:F018
ARM2DSP1_FLAG
MPU to DSP 1 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
0x00 F80Eh
FFFC:F01C
DSP2ARM1_FLAG
DSP to MPU 1 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
0x00 F810h
FFFC:F020
DSP2ARM2_FLAG
DSP to MPU 2 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
0x00 F812h
FFFC:F024
ARM2DSP2
MPU to DSP 2 Data Register
16
RW
R
0000h
0x00 F814h
FFFC:F028
ARM2DSP2B
MPU to DSP 2 Command Register
16
RW
R
0000h
0x00 F816h
FFFC:F02C
ARM2DSP2_FLAG
MPU to DSP 2 Flag Register
16
R
R
undef
112
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.17 Interrupts
Table 3--73. MPU Level 1 and Level 2 Interrupt Mappings
DEFAULT
SENSITIVITY
INTERRUPT
LEVEL 1
MAPPING
LEVEL 2
MAPPING
FUNCTION
Level 2 Interrupt handler FIQ
Level
IRQ_0
--
FIQ Interrupt From Level 2 Handler
CAMERA_IF_INTERRUPT
Level
IRQ_1
--
Camera Interface Interrupt
Reserved
--
IRQ_2
--
Reserved, Keep Masked
External FIQ
Edge
IRQ_3
--
External FIQ Interrupt
McBSP2 TX INT
Edge
IRQ_4
--
McBSP2 Transmit Interrupt
McBSP2 RX INT
Edge
IRQ_5
--
McBSP2 Receive Interrupt
IRQ_RTDX
Level
IRQ_6
--
Real-Time Data Exchange Interrupt
(for RTDX Emulation Tools)
IRQ_DSP_MMU_ABORT
Level
IRQ_7
--
DSP MMU Abort Interrupt
IRQ_HOST_INT
Level
IRQ_8
--
IRQ_ABORT
Level
IRQ_9
--
IRQ_DSP_MAILBOX1
Level
IRQ_10
--
DSP2ARM1 Mailbox Interrupt
IRQ_DSP_MAILBOX2
Level
IRQ_11
--
DSP2ARM2 Mailbox Interrupt
Reserved
--
IRQ_12
--
Reserved, Keep Masked
IRQ_TIPB_BRIDGE_PRIVATE
Level
IRQ_13
--
TIPB Private Bridge Interrupt
IRQ_GPIO
Level
IRQ_14
--
MPU Interrupt for MPU-Owned Shared
GPI
IRQ_UART3
Level
IRQ_15
--
UART3 Interrupt
IRQ_TIMER3
Edge
IRQ_16
--
MPU Timer 3 Interrupt
IRQ_LB_MMU
Level
IRQ_17
--
Local Bus MMU Interrupt
Reserved
--
IRQ_18
--
Reserved, Keep Masked
IRQ_DMA_CH0_CH6
Level
IRQ_19
--
System DMA Channel 0 and 6 Interrupt
IRQ_DMA_CH1_CH7
Level
IRQ_20
--
System DMA Channel 1 and 7 Interrupt
IRQ_DMA_CH2_CH8
Level
IRQ_21
--
System DMA Channel 2 and 8 Interrupt
IRQ_DMA_CH3
Level
IRQ_22
--
System DMA Channel 3 Interrupt
IRQ_DMA_CH4
Level
IRQ_23
--
System DMA Channel 4 Interrupt
IRQ_DMA_CH5
Level
IRQ_24
--
System DMA Channel 5 Interrupt
IRQ_DMA_CH_LCD
Level
IRQ_25
--
System DMA LCD Channel Interrupt
IRQ_TIMER1
Edge
IRQ_26
--
MPU Timer 1 Interrupt
IRQ_WD_TIMER
Edge
IRQ_27
--
MPU Watchdog Timer Interrupt
IRQ_TIPB_BRIDGE_PUBLIC
Level
IRQ_28
--
TIPB Public Bridge Interrupt
IRQ_LOCAL_BUS_IF
Level
IRQ_29
--
Local Bus Interrupt
IRQ_TIMER2
Edge
IRQ_30
--
MPU Timer 2 Interrupt
IRQ_LCD_CTRL
Level
IRQ_31
--
LCD Controller Interrupt
FAC
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_0
Frame Adjustment Counter Interrupt
KBD
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_1
Keyboard Interrupt
MICROWIRE_TX
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_2
MICROWIRE Transmit Interrupt
MICROWIRE_RX
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_3
MICROWIRE Receive Interrupt
I2C
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_4
I2C Interrupt
MPUIO
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_5
MPUIO Interrupt
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
113
Functional Overview
Table 3--73. MPU Level 1 and Level 2 Interrupt Mappings (Continued)
DEFAULT
SENSITIVITY
INTERRUPT
LEVEL 1
MAPPING
LEVEL 2
MAPPING
FUNCTION
USB_HHC1
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_6
Reserved
--
IRQ_0
IRQ_7
Reserved
--
IRQ_0
IRQ_8
Reserved
--
IRQ_0
IRQ_9
MCBSP3_TX_INT
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_10
McBSP3 Transmit Interrupt
MCBSP3_RX_INT
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_11
McBSP3 Receive Interrupt
MCBSP1_TX_INT
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_12
McBSP1 Transmit Interrupt
MCBSP1_RX_INT
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_13
McBSP1 Receive Interrupt
UART1
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_14
UART1 Interrupt
UART2
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_15
UART2 Interrupt
MCSI1_TX_RX_FE_INT
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_16
MCSI1 Combined
Transmit/Receive/Frame Error Interrupt
MCSI2_TX_RX_FE_INT
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_17
MCSI2 Combined
Transmit/Receive/Frame Error Interrupt
Reserved
--
IRQ_0
IRQ_18
Reserved, Keep Masked
Reserved
--
IRQ_0
IRQ_19
Reserved, Keep Masked
USB_CLNT_GENI_INT
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_20
USB Function General-Purpose Interrupt
1WIRE_INT
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_21
1-Wire Interface Interrupt
TIMER_32K_INT
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_22
32k Timer Interrupt
MMC_INT
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_23
MMC/SD Interrupt
ULPD_INT
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_24
Ultra-Low Power Device module Interrupt
RTC_PERIODIC_TIMER
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_25
Real-Time Clock Periodic Timer Interrupt
RTC_ALARM
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_26
Real-Time Clock Alarm Interrupt
Reserved
--
IRQ_0
IRQ_27
DSPMMU_IRQ
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_28
DSP MMU Interrupt
USB_FUNC_IRQ_ISO_ON
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_29
USB Function Isochronous On Interrupt
USB_FUNC_IRQ_NONISO_ON
Level
IRQ_0
IRQ_30
USB Function Non-Isochronous On
Interrupt
MCBSP2_RX_OVERFLOW_INT
Edge
IRQ_0
IRQ_31
McBSP2 Receive Overflow Interrupt
114
SPRS197D
USB Host HHC1 Interrupt
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
Table 3--74. DSP Level 1 Interrupt Mappings
DSP
INTERRUPT
INTERRUPT
RESET
--
DSP
IFR/IMR
REGISTER
BIT
VECTOR
LOCATION
(BYTE
ADDRESS)
--
FFF00h
0
DSP Reset Interrupt
PRIORITY
FUNCTION
NMI
--
--
FFF08h
1
DSP Nonmaskable Interrupt
EMULATOR_TEST
INT2
2
FFF10h
3
DSP Emulator/Test Interrupt
LEVEL2_INTH_FIQ
INT3
3
FFF18h
5
FIQ Interrupt From DSP Level 2
Handler
TC_ABORT
INT4
4
FFF20h
6
Traffic Controller Abort Interrupt
MAILBOX_1 (ARM2DSP1)
INT5
5
FFF28h
7
MPU-to-DSP Mailbox 1 Interrupt
Reserved
INT6
6
FFF30h
9
Unused, Keep Masked
GPIO
INT7
7
FFF38h
10
Interrupt for DSP-Owned Shared
GPIO
TIMER3
INT8
8
FFF40h
11
DSP Timer 3 Interrupt
DMA_CHANNEL_1
INT9
9
FFF48h
13
DSP DMA Channel 1 Interrupt
MPU
INT10
10
FFF50h
14
MPU Interrupt to DSP
Reserved
INT11
11
FFF58h
15
Unused, Keep Masked
UART3
INT12
12
FFF60h
17
UART Interrupt
WDGTIMER
INT13
13
FFF68h
18
DSP Watchdog Timer Interrupt
DMA_CHANNEL_4
INT14
14
FFF70h
21
DSP DMA Channel 4 Interrupt
DMA_CHANNEL_5
INT15
15
FFF78h
22
DSP DMA Channel 5 Interrupt
EMIF
INT16
16
FFF80h
4
Interrupt for DMA EMIF Interface to
Traffic Controller
LOCAL_BUS
INT17
17
FFF88h
8
Local Bus Interrupt
DMA_CHANNEL_0
INT18
18
FFF90h
12
DSP DMA Channel 0 Interrupt
MAILBOX2 (ARM2DSP2)
INT19
19
FFF98h
16
MPU-to-DSP Mailbox 2 Interrupt
DMA_CHANNEL_2
INT20
20
FFFA0h
19
DSP DMA Channel 2 Interrupt
DMA_CHANNEL_3
INT21
21
FFFA8h
20
DSP DMA Channel 3 Interrupt
TIMER2
INT22
22
FFFB0h
23
DSP Timer 2 Interrupt
TIMER1
INT23
23
FFFB8h
24
DSP Timer 1 Interrupt
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
115
Functional Overview
Table 3--75. DSP Level 2 Interrupt Mappings
DEFAULT
SENSITIVITY
INTERRUPT
LEVEL 1
MAPPING
LEVEL 2
MAPPING
FUNCTION
MCBSP3_TX
Edge
INT3
IRQ_0
McBSP3 Transmit Interrupt
MCBSP3_RX
Edge
INT3
IRQ_1
McBSP3 Receive Interrupt
MCBSP1_TX
Edge
INT3
IRQ_2
McBSP1 Transmit Interrupt
MCBSP1_RX
Edge
INT3
IRQ_3
McBSP1 Receive Interrupt
UART2
Level
INT3
IRQ_4
UART2 Interrupt
UART1
Level
INT3
IRQ_5
UART1 Interrupt
MCSI1_TX
Level
INT3
IRQ_6
MCSI1 Transmit Interrupt
MCSI1_RX
Level
INT3
IRQ_7
MCSI1 Receive Interrupt
MCSI2_TX
Level
INT3
IRQ_8
MCSI2 Transmit Interrupt
MCSI2_RX
Level
INT3
IRQ_9
MCSI2 Receive Interrupt
MCSI1_FRAME_ERROR_INT
Level
INT3
IRQ_10
MCSI1 Frame Error Interrupt
MCSI2_FRAME_ERROR_INT
Level
INT3
IRQ_11
MCSI2 Frame Error Interrupt
Reserved
--
INT3
IRQ_12
Reserved, Keep Masked
Reserved
--
INT3
IRQ_13
Reserved, Keep Masked
Reserved
--
INT3
IRQ_14
Reserved, Keep Masked
Reserved
--
INT3
IRQ_15
Reserved, Keep Masked
116
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Functional Overview
3.18 MPU System DMA Request Mapping
Table 3--76 shows the MPU system DMA request mapping for the OMAP5910 device.
Table 3--76. DMA Request Mapping
MPU SYSTEM DMA REQUESTS
MPU SYSTEM DMA
MCSI1 TX
DMA_REQ_01
MCSI1 RX
DMA_REQ_02
I2C RX
DMA_REQ_03
I2C
DMA_REQ_04
TX
EXT_DMA_REQ0 (MPUIO2)
DMA_REQ_05
EXT_DMA_REQ1 (MPUIO4)
DMA_REQ_06
MicroWire TX
DMA_REQ_07
McBSP1 TX
DMA_REQ_08
McBSP1 RX
DMA_REQ_09
McBSP3 TX
DMA_REQ_10
McBSP3 RX
DMA_REQ_011
UART1 TX
DMA_REQ_012
UART1 RX
DMA_REQ_013
UART2 TX
DMA_REQ_014
UART2 RX
DMA_REQ_015
McBSP2 TX
DMA_REQ_016
McBSP2 RX
DMA_REQ_017
UART3 TX
DMA_REQ_018
UART3 RX
DMA_REQ_019
Camera RX
DMA_REQ_020
MMC TX
DMA_REQ_021
MMC RX
DMA_REQ_022
Reserved
DMA_REQ_023
Reserved
DMA_REQ_024
Reserved
DMA_REQ_025
USB function RX0
DMA_REQ_026
USB function RX1
DMA_REQ_027
USB function RX2
DMA_REQ_028
USB function TX0
DMA_REQ_029
USB function TX1
DMA_REQ_030
USB function TX2
DMA_REQ_031
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
117
Functional Overview
3.19 DSP DMA Event Mapping
Table 3--77 defines the mappings of the DMA channel synchronization settings to the different request sources
that can be used to create DSP DMA events on OMAP5910.
Table 3--77. DSP DMA Mapping
118
SPRS197D
DSP REQUEST SOURCE
DSP DMA
REQUEST LINE
MCSI1 TX
DMA_REQ_01
MCSI1 RX
DMA_REQ_02
MCSI2 TX
DMA_REQ_03
MCSI2 RX
DMA_REQ_04
EXT_DMA_REQ0 (MPUIO2)
DMA_REQ_05
EXT_DMA_REQ1 (MPUIO4)
DMA_REQ_06
Reserved
DMA_REQ_07
McBSP1 TX
DMA_REQ_08
McBSP1 RX
DMA_REQ_09
McBSP3 TX
DMA_REQ_10
McBSP3 RX
DMA_REQ_011
UART1 TX
DMA_REQ_012
UART1 RX
DMA_REQ_013
UART2 TX
DMA_REQ_014
UART2 RX
DMA_REQ_015
Reserved
DMA_REQ_016
Reserved
DMA_REQ_017
UART3 TX
DMA_REQ_018
UART3 RX
DMA_REQ_019
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Documentation Support
4
Documentation Support
Extensive documentation supports all OMAP platform of devices from product announcement through
applications development. The following types of documentation are available to support the design and use
of the OMAP platform of dual-core processor devices:
•
•
•
Device-specific data sheets
Development-support tools
Hardware and software application reports
The OMAP5910 reference documentation includes, but is not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
TMS320C55x DSP CPU Programmer’s Reference Supplement (literature number SPRU652)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Functional and Peripheral Overview (literature number SPRU602)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor MPU Subsystems Reference Guide (literature number SPRU671)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor DSP Subsystems Reference Guide (literature number SPRU672)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Memory Interface Traffic Controller Reference Guide (literature number
SPRU673)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor System DMA Controller Reference Guide (literature number
SPRU674)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor LCD Controller Reference Guide (literature number SPRU675)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) Devices
Reference Guide (literature number SPRU676)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Universal Serial Bus (USB) and Frame Adjustment Counter (FAC)
Reference Guide (literature number SPRU677)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Clock Generation and System Reset Management Reference Guide
(literature number SPRU678)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Reference Guide (literature
number SPRU679)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor MultiMedia Card/Secure Data Memory Card (MMC/SD) Reference
Guide (literature number SPRU680)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Inter-Integrated Circuit (I 2C) Controller Reference Guide (literature
number SPRU681)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Timer Reference Guide (literature number SPRU682)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Inter-Processor Communication Reference Guide (literature number
SPRU683)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Camera Interface Reference Guide (literature number SPRU684)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI) Reference Guide (literature
number SPRU685)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor MicroWire Interface Reference Guide (literature number SPRU686)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Real-Time Clock (RTC) Reference Guide (literature number
SPRU687)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor HDQ/1-Wire Interface Reference Guide (literature number SPRU688)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor PWL, PWT, and LED Reference Guide (literature number SPRU689)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Reference Guide (literature
number SPRU708)
OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ016)
A series of DSP textbooks is published by Prentice-Hall and John Wiley & Sons to support digital signal
processing research and education. The TMS320 DSP newsletter, Details on Signal Processing, is published
quarterly and distributed to update TMS320 DSP customers on product information.
Information regarding Texas Instruments (TI) OMAP and DSP products is also available on the Worldwide
Web at http://www.ti.com uniform resource locator (URL).
TMS320 and TMS320C5000 are trademarks of Texas Instruments.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
119
Documentation Support
4.1
Device and Development-Support Tool Nomenclature
To designate the stages in the product development cycle, TI assigns prefixes to the part numbers of all
OMAP™ processors and support tools. Each commercial OMAP platform member has one of three prefixes:
X, P, or null (no prefix). Texas Instruments recommends two of three possible prefix designators for its support
tools: TMDX and TMDS. These prefixes represent evolutionary stages of product development from
engineering prototypes (TMDX) through fully qualified production devices/tools (TMDS).
Device development evolutionary flow:
X
Experimental device that is not necessarily representative of the final device’s electrical
specifications and may not use production assembly flow. (TMX definition)
P
Prototype device that is not necessarily the final silicon die and may not necessarily meet final
electrical specifications. (TMP definition)
null
Production version of the silicon die that is fully qualified. (TMS definition)
Support tool development evolutionary flow:
TMDX Development support product that has not yet completed Texas Instruments internal qualification
testing.
TMDS Fully qualified development support product
TMX and TMP devices and TMDX development-support tools are shipped against the following disclaimer:
“Developmental product is intended for internal evaluation purposes.”
Production devices and TMDS development-support tools have been characterized fully, and the quality and
reliability of the device have been demonstrated fully. TI’s standard warranty applies.
Predictions show that prototype devices (X or P), have a greater failure rate than the standard production
devices. Texas Instruments recommends that these devices not be used in any production system because
their expected end-use failure rate still is undefined. Only qualified production devices are to be used.
For additional description of the device nomenclature markings, see the OMAP5910 Dual-Core Processor
Silicon Errata (literature number SPRZ016).
P OMAP 5910 X GZG S
PREFIX
X
P
null
Experimental device
Prototype device
Production device
DEVICE
SILICON REVISION
TEMPERATURE RANGE
NULL = --40°C to 85°C Case
C = 0°C to 85°C Case
SPEED GRADE
2 = 150 MHz
PACKAGE TYPE
GZG = 289-pin MicroStar BGA
ZZG = Lead-Free 289-pin MicroStar BGA
GDY = 289-pin BGA
Figure 4--1. OMAP Device Nomenclature
120
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5
Electrical Specifications
This section provides the absolute maximum ratings and the recommended operating conditions for the
OMAP5910 device.
All electrical and switching characteristics in this data manual are valid over the recommended operating
conditions unless otherwise specified.
5.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
The list of absolute maximum ratings are specified over operating case temperature. Stresses beyond those
listed under “absolute maximum ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress
ratings only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated
under Section 5.2, Recommended Operating Conditions, is not implied. Exposure to
absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. All supply voltage
values (core and I/O) are with respect VSS.
NOTE: The OMAP5910 device has undergone Charged Device Model Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) testing, passing at the ±500 V level. Human Body Model (HBM) ESD testing per
EIA/JESD22-A114 has also been performed. Test results indicate that the OMAP5910 passes
at a ±500 V HBM (maximum) level. Caution in handling devices is advised.
This section provides the absolute maximum ratings for the OMAP5910 device.
Supply voltage range (core), CVDD,CVDD1/2/3/4/A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to 1.8 V
Supply voltage range (I/O), DVDD1/2/3/4/5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to 4 V
Input voltage range, VI (12-MHz and 32-kHz oscillator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to CVDD + 0.5 V
Input voltage range, VI (standard LVCMOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to DVDD + 0.5 V
Input voltage range, VI (fail-safe LVCMOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to 4.5 V
Input voltage range, VI (USB transceivers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to DVDD + 0.5 V
Input voltage range, VI (I2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to 4.5 V
Output voltage range, VO (standard LVCMOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to DVDD + 0.5 V
Output voltage range, VO (fail-safe LVCMOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to 4.5 V
Output voltage range, VO (USB transceivers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to DVDD + 0.5 V
Output voltage range, VO (I2C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --0.3 V to 4.5 V
Operating temperature range, TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --40°C to 85°C
Storage temperature range, Tstg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --55°C to 150°C
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
121
Electrical Specifications
5.2
Recommended Operating Conditions
Low Power Standby mode‡
CVDD
CVDD1/2/3/4/A
De ice supply
Device
s ppl voltage,
oltage core†
DVDD1
Device supply voltage, I/O (Peripheral I/O)
DVDD2
Device supply voltage, I/O (USB transceiver)
Active mode
MIN
NOM
MAX
1
1.1
1.675
1.525
1.6
1.675
2.5
2.75 or 3.3
3.6
V
3
3.3
3.6
V
range§
1.65
1.8
1.95
High-voltage range§
2.5
2.75 or 3.3
3.6
Low-voltage range§
1.65
1.8
1.95
range§
2.5
2.75 or 3.3
3.6
Low-voltage range§
1.65
1.8
2
High-voltage range§
2.5
2.75 or 3.3
3.6
Low-voltage
UNIT
V
DVDD3
Device supply voltage, I/O
(MCSI2, McBSP2, GPIO[9:8])
DVDD4
Device supply voltage, I/O
(SDRAM interface)
DVDD5
Device supply voltage, I/O
(FLASH interface)
CVDD -- DVDD
Device supply voltage difference¶
1.65
V
DVDD -- CVDD
VSS
Device supply voltage difference¶
2.6
V
VIH
High-voltage
Supply voltage, GND
High le el input
High-level
inp t voltage,
oltage I/O
0
0.7 DVDD
DVDD
Fail-safe LVCMOS
0.7 DVDD
DVDD
2
DVDD
I2C
VIL
Lo le el input
Low-level
inp t voltage,
oltage I/O
VI
Inp t voltage
Input
oltage
VID
Differential input voltage, I/O
IOH
High-level
g
output
p current
0.7 DVDD
DVDD
Standard LVCMOS
0
0.3 DVDD
Fail-safe LVCMOS
0
0.3 DVDD
USB.DP, DM (mode 1)
0
0.8
I2C
0
0.3 DVDD
USB.DP, DM (mode 2)
0.8
OSC1 and OSC32K pins
USB.DP, DM (mode 2)
IOL
Low-level output current
200
Operating case temperature
V
V
V
V
mV
2-mA drive strength buffers
--2
4-mA drive strength buffers
--4
8-mA drive strength buffers
--8
mA
--18.3
2-mA drive strength buffers
2
4-mA drive strength buffers
4
6-mA drive strength buffers
6
8-mA drive strength buffers
8
18.3-mA drive strength
buffers
TC
2.5
CVDD
18.3-mA drive strength
buffers
V
V
Standard LVCMOS
USB.DP, DM (mode 1)
V
mA
18.3
--40
85
°C
†
All core voltage supplies should be tied to the same voltage level (within 0.3 V).
Low Power Standby is defined as follows: the device is in Deep Sleep mode and LOW_PWR = 1. The device runs from 32 kHz clock in this mode.
§ High and low voltage ranges are selectable via software configuration.
¶ In systems where the CV
DDx and DVDDx power supplies are ramped at generally the same time (within 500 ms of one another), there are no
specific power sequencing requirements for the supplies. The only sequencing requirement is that the maximum voltage difference between
CVDD and DVDD is not exceeded for greater than 500 ms. Likewise, if different voltages are used for the separate DVDDx supplies, all DVDDx
supplies should be ramp up to valid voltage levels within 500 ms of one another.
‡
122
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.3
Electrical Characteristics Over Recommended Operating Case Temperature
Range (Unless Otherwise Noted)
PARAMETER
VOH
VOL
High-level
Hi
hl
l output
t t
voltage
Low-level
Low
level output
voltage
DVDD = 3.3 V, IOH = MAX
IOZ
IDDC (Q)
IDDC (A)
IDDCP (A)
Input current
IO = --12 mA
Standard LVCMOS
DVDD = 3.3 V, IOL = MAX
0.22 DVDD
Fail-safe LVCMOS
DVDD = 3.3 V, IOL = MAX
0.22 DVDD
USB.DP, DM
IO = 12 mA
0.5
Fast mode at 6-mA load
0.6
Fast mode at 3-mA load
0.4
Standard mode at 3-mA
load
0.4
Output capacitance
0.8 DVDD
V
VI = VI MAX to VI MIN
-- 20
20
Other Inputs without internal
pullups/pulldowns enabled
VI = VI MAX to VI MIN
--1
1
Input pins with 20-μA
pulldowns enabled
DVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to VDD
6
20
60
Input pins with 100-μA
pulldowns enabled
DVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to VDD
30
100
300
Input pins with 20-μA
pullups enabled
CVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to VDD
-- 60
-- 20
-- 6
Input pins with 100-μA
pullups enabled
DVDD = MAX,
VI = VSS to VDD
-- 300
-- 100
-- 30
Core and I/O voltage supply current,
current active
UNIT
DVDD -- 0.5
Fail-safe LVCMOS inputs
without internal
pullups/pulldowns enabled
Core voltage
oltage ssupply
ppl current,
c rrent acti
active
e
CO
MAX
DVDD = 3.3 V, IOH = MAX
Core voltage supply current,
current quiescent
Input capacitance
TYP
Fail-safe LVCMOS
Input current for outputs in high-impedance
Ci
MIN
0.8 DVDD
USB.DP, DM
I2C
II
TEST CONDITIONS
Standard LVCMOS
-- 20
20
V
μA
μA
Sum of CVDDx currents.
(Deep sleep mode
with CVDD = 1.6 V)
210
Sum of CVDDx currents.
(Deep sleep mode
with CVDD = 1.1 V)
110
Sum of CVDDx currents
(Case 1†).
150
mA
Sum of CVDDx currents
(Case 2‡).
170
mA
Sum of CVDDx and DVDDx
currents (Case 3§).
45
mA
Sum of CVDDx and DVDDx
currents (Case 4¶).
6
mA
USB.DP,DM
7
All other I/O pins
4
USB.DP,DM
7
All other I/O pins
4
μA
A
pF
pF
†
Case 1: MPU running OS, DSP running GSM Vocoder from internal memory, DSP MMU and all clock domains active, no LCD activity.
Case 2: Same conditions as Case 1 only DSP running from external memory with I-cache enabled.
§ Case 3: Only LCD activity (MPU and DSP idled with clocks off). LCD running 320x240 TFT at 70 Frames per second with frame buffer in internal
memory (DPLL at 120 MHz).
¶ Case 4: Same as Case 3 only LCD running at 10 Frames per second with DPLL at 6MHz.
‡
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
123
Electrical Specifications
Tester Pin Electronics
42 Ω
3.5 nH
Data Sheet Timing Reference Point
Output
Under
Test
Transmission Line
Z0 = 50 Ω
(see note)
4.0 pF
Device Pin
(see note)
1.85 pF
NOTE: The data sheet provides timing at the device pin. For output timing analysis, the tester pin electronics and its transmission line effects
must taken into account. A transmission line with a delay of 2 ns or longer can be used to produce the desired transmission line effect.
The transmission line is intended as a load only. It is not necessary to add or subtract the transmission line delay (2 ns or longer) from
the data sheet timings.
Input requirements in this data sheet are tested with an input slew rate of < 4 Volts per nanosecond (4 V/ns) at the device pin.
Figure 5--1. Tester Pin Electronics
5.4
Package Thermal Resistance Characteristics
Table 5--1 provides the thermal resistance characteristics for the package types available for use on the
OMAP5910 device.
Table 5--1. Thermal Resistance Characteristics
5.5
RΘJA (°C/W)
RΘJC (°C/W)
PACKAGE TYPE
32.77
10.76
289GZG
25.54
10.11
289GDY
Timing Parameter Symbology
Timing parameter symbols used in the timing requirements and switching characteristics tables are created
in accordance with JEDEC Standard 100. To shorten the symbols, some of the pin names and other related
terminology have been abbreviated as follows:
124
Lowercase subscripts and their meanings:
Letters and symbols and their meanings:
a
access time
H
High
c
cycle time (period)
L
Low
d
delay time
V
Valid
dis
disable time
Z
High impedance
en
enable time
f
fall time
h
hold time
r
rise time
su
setup time
t
transition time
v
valid time
w
pulse duration (width)
X
Unknown, changing, or don’t care level
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.6
Clock Specifications
This section provides the timing requirements and switching characteristics for the OMAP5910 system clock
signals.
5.6.1 32-kHz Oscillator and Input Clock
The 32.768-kHz clock signal (often abbreviated to 32-kHz) may be supplied by either the on-chip 32-kHz
oscillator (requiring an external crystal) or an external CMOS signal. The state of the CLK32K_CTRL pin
determines which is used.
The on-chip oscillator requires an external 32.768-kHz crystal connected across the OSC32K_IN and
OSC32K_OUT pins. The connection of the required circuit, consisting of the crystal and two load capacitors,
is shown in Figure 5--2. The load capacitors, C1 and C2, should be chosen such that the equation below is
satisfied (recommended values are C1 = C2 = 10 pF). CL in the equation is the load specified for the crystal.
All discrete components used to implement the oscillator circuit should be placed as close as possible to the
associated oscillator pins (OSC32K_IN and OSC32K_OUT) and to the VSS pin closest to the oscillator pins
(GZG ball V12 or GDY ball F6).
NOTE: The 32.768-kHz oscillator is powered by the CVDD supply. If an external clock source is used instead
of using the on-chip oscillator, care must be taken that the voltage level driven onto the OSC32K_IN and
OSC32K_OUT pins is no greater than the CVDD voltage level.
CL =
OSC32K_IN
C 1C 2
(C 1 + C 2)
OSC32K_OUT
VSS
Crystal
32.768 kHz
C1
C2
Figure 5--2. 32-kHz Oscillator External Crystal
Table 5--2 shows the switching characteristics of the 32-kHz oscillator and Table 5--3 shows the input
requirements of the 32-kHz clock input.
Table 5--2. 32-kHz Oscillator Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
Start-up time (from power up until oscillating at stable frequency of 32.768 kHz)
IDDA, active current consumption
Oscillation frequency
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
200
800
ms
4
μA
32.768
kHz
SPRS197D
125
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--3. 32-kHz Input Clock Timing Requirements
NO.
MIN
CK1
tcyc
Frequency
CK2
tf
Fall time
CK3
tr
Rise time
NOM
MAX
32.768
CK4
Duty cycle (high-to-low ratio)
CK5
Frequency stability
UNIT
kHz
25
ns
25
ns
30%
70%
--70
70
%
ppm
CK3
CK2
CK1
CLK32K_IN
Figure 5--3. 32-kHz Input Clock
5.6.2 Base Oscillator (12 MHz or 13 MHz) and Input Clock
The internal base system oscillator is enabled following a device reset. The oscillator requires an external
crystal to be connected across the OSC1_IN and OSC1_OUT pins. If the internal oscillator is not used
(configured in software using FUNC_MUX_CTRL_B register), an external clock source must be applied to the
OSC1_IN pin and the OSC1_OUT pin must be left unconnected. Because the internal oscillator can be used
as a clock source to the OMAP DPLL, the 12- or 13-MHz crystal oscillation frequency can be multiplied to
generate the DSP clock, MPU clock, traffic controller clock.
The crystal must be in fundamental-mode operation, and parallel resonant, with a maximum effective series
resistance of 60 Ω maximum. The connection of the required circuit, consisting of the crystal and two load
capacitors, is shown in Figure 5--4. The load capacitors, C1 and C2, must be chosen such that the equation
below is satisfied (recommended values are C1 = C2 = 10 pF). CL in the equation is the load specified for the
crystal. All discrete components used to implement the oscillator circuit must be placed as close as possible
to the associated oscillator pins (OSC1_IN and OSC1_OUT) and to the VSS pins closest to the oscillator pins
(GZG balls AA1/Y3 or GDY balls E13/K9).
NOTE: The base oscillator is powered by the CVDD supply. If an external clock source is used instead of using
the on-chip oscillator, care must be taken that the voltage level driven onto the OSC1_IN pin is no greater than
the CVDD voltage level.
CL =
OSC1_IN
C 1C 2
(C 1 + C 2)
OSC1_OUT
12 or 13 MHz crystal
C1
C2
Figure 5--4. Internal System Oscillator External Crystal
126
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
If USB host function is used, it is recommended that a very low PPM crystal (≤ 50 ppm) be used for the
12- or 13-MHz oscillator circuit. If the USB host function is not used, then a crystal of ≤ 180 ppm is
recommended. When selecting a crystal, the system design must take into account the temperature and aging
characteristics of a crystal versus the user environment and expected lifetime of the system.
Table 5--4 shows the switching characteristics of the base oscillator.
Table 5--4. Base Oscillator Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
MIN
Start-up time (from power up until oscillating at stable frequency of 12 or 13 MHz)
IDDA, active current consumption
TYP
MAX
1
4
350
Oscillation frequency
12 or 13
UNIT
ms
μA
MHz
5.6.3 Internal Clock Speed Limitations
Table 5--5 provides a summary of the maximum frequencies that each clock domain may be configured to run
on the OMAP5910 device.
Table 5--5. Internal Clock Speed Limitations
CLOCK
MAX OPERATING FREQUENCY
UNIT
MPU (CLKM1)
150
MHz
DSP (CLKM2)
150
MHz
TC (CLKM3)
75
MHz
DPLL1
150
MHz
All clock domains must be derived from the same DPLL1 frequency setting; therefore, the following conditions
must be satisfied where ‘m’, ‘n’, and ‘o’ are each equal to either 1, 2, 4, or 8:
•
•
•
MPU frequency = (DPLL1 clock frequency) / m
DSP frequency = (DPLL1 clock frequency) / n
TC frequency = (DPLL1 clock frequency) / o
For example, the following configuration is valid:
•
MPU/DSP/TC = 150 MHz/150 MHz/75 MHz, where m = n = 1 and o = 2
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
127
Electrical Specifications
5.7
Reset Timings
This section provides the timing requirements for the OMAP5910 hardware reset signals.
5.7.1 OMAP5910 Device Reset
The PWRON_RESET signal is the active-low asynchronous reset input responsible for the reset of the entire
OMAP5910 device. When using an external crystal to supply the 32-kHz system clock, PWRON_RESET must
be asserted low a minimum of two 32-kHz clock cycles longer than the worst-case start-up time of the 32-kHz
oscillator after stable power supplies (see Figure 5--5). If an external CMOS input signal is used to source
32 kHz, PWRON_RESET must be asserted low a minimum of two 32-kHz clock cycles after stable power
supplies. See Table 5--6 and Table 5--7.
Table 5--6. OMAP5910 Device Reset Timing Requirements
NO.
MIN
RS1
tw(PWRON_RST)
Pulse duration, PWRON_RESET low
MAX
800
UNIT
ms
Table 5--7. OMAP5910 Device Reset Switching Characteristics†
NO.
PARAMETER
RS2
†
td(PWRONH-RSTH)
MIN
Delay time, PWRON_RESET high to RST_OUT high
MAX
T + 10
UNIT
μs
P = period of 32-kHz clock, C = Value of ULPD wakeup time setup register, SETUP_ULPD1_REG (Default 03FFh), T = P*C
CVDDx
DVDDx
RS1
Worst-case Oscillator Start-up Time
2 Cycles
OSC32K_IN
PWRON_RESET
RS2
RST_OUT
Figure 5--5. Device Reset Timings
128
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.7.2 OMAP5910 MPU Core Reset
The MPU_RST signal is the active-low asynchronous input responsible for the reset of the OMAP5910 MPU
core. Stable power supplies are assumed prior to MPU_RST assertion. Table 5--6 illustrates the behavior of
MPU_RST and RST_OUT. In Table 5--7, a logic high level is assumed on the PWRON_RESET input. In the case
where an application ties the PWRON_RESET and MPU_RST together, the behavior described in
Section 5.7.1, OMAP5910 Device Reset, will override. See Table 5--8 and Table 5--9.
Table 5--8. MPU_RST Timing Requirements
NO.
M3
MIN
tw(MPU_RST)
Pulse duration, MPU_RST low
MAX
50
UNIT
μs
Table 5--9. MPU_RST Switching Characteristics†
PARAMETER
NO.
M1
M2
†
td(MPUL--RSTL)
td(MPUH--RSTH)
MIN
MAX
Delay time, MPU_RST low to RST_OUT low
Dela time
Delay
time, MPU_RST
MPU RST high to RST_OUT
RST OUT high
1
MPU_RST asserted during
OMAP5910 awake state
MPU_RST asserted during
OMAP5910 deep sleep state
UNIT
μs
10
μss
T + 10
P = period of 32-kHz clock, C = Value of ULPD wakeup time setup register, SETUP_ULPD1_REG (Default 03FFh), T = P*C
M3
MPU_RST
M1
M2
RST_OUT
Figure 5--6. MPU Core Reset Timings
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
129
Electrical Specifications
5.8
External Memory Interface Timing
5.8.1 EMIFS/Flash Interface Timing
Table 5--10 and Table 5--11 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--7 through
Figure 5--11).
Table 5--10. EMIFS/Flash Interface Timing Requirements
DVDD5 = 1.8 V
Nominal
NO.
MIN
F6
F7
tsu(DV--CLKH)
th(CLKH--RDV)
Setup time, read data valid
before FLASH.CLK high
Hold time, read data valid
after FLASH.CLK high
MAX
DVDD5 = 2.75 V
Nominal
MIN
MAX
DVDD5 = 3.3 V
Nominal
MIN
UNIT
MAX
Async modes†
9
9
9
ns
Sync Modes†
3
3
3
ns
Async modes†
0
0
0
ns
2
2
2
ns
Sync
Modes‡
†
The external FLASH.CLK is disabled for async modes. Async modes are only supported with the RT bit in the EMIFS configuration register set
to 0.
‡ Sync modes are only supported with the RT bit in the EMIFS configuration register set to 1.
130
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--11. EMIFS/Flash Interface Switching Characteristics
NO.
DVDD5 = 3.3 V
Nominal
UNIT
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
1
24
1
21
1
11
td(CLKH--CSV)
Async
Modes†
Sync
Modes
--1
12
--1
10
--1
11
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--BEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.BEx
valid
--1
12
--1
10
--1
11
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--BEIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.BEx
invalid
Sync
Modes
--1
12
--1
10
--1
11
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--AV)
Delay time,
FLASH CLK high
FLASH.CLK
to address valid
--1
8
0
7
0
7
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--AIV)
Delay time,
FLASH CLK high
FLASH.CLK
to address invalid
Sync
Modes
--1
8
0
7
0
7
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--ADV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.ADV
transition
Sync
Modes
--1
12
--1
10
--1
11
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--OEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.OE
transition
Sync
Modes
--1
12
--1
10
--1
11
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--WEV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.WE
transition
Sync
Modes
--1
12
--1
10
--1
11
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--WDV)
Delay time,
FLASH CLK high
FLASH.CLK
to write data valid
Sync
Modes
1
22
1
20
1
18
Async
Modes†
1
24
1
21
1
20
td(CLKH--WDIV)
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to write data
invalid
Sync
Modes
1
22
1
20
1
18
F15
td(CLKH--DHZ)
Delay time, FLASH.CLK high
to data bus high-impedance†
F16
td(CLKH--DLZ)
Delay time, FLASH.CLK high
to data bus driven
1
24
1
21
F17
td(CLKH--BAAV)†
Delay time, FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.BAA transition‡
--1 + 0.5P
8 + 0.5P
--1 + 0.5P
7.5 + 0.5P
F2
F3
F4
F5
F8
F9
F12
F13
F14
‡
DVDD5 = 2.75 V
Nominal
Delay time,
FLASH.CLK high
to FLASH.CSx
transition
F1
†
DVDD5 = 1.8 V
Nominal
PARAMETER
Sync
Modes
Sync
Modes
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
24
21
20
ns
1
20
ns
--1 + 0.5P
7.5 + 0.5P
ns
Data is referenced to the internal FLASH.CLK. The external FLASH.CLK is disabled for async modes.
P = period of undivided Traffic Controller clock regardless of FLASH.CLK divider configuration
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
131
Electrical Specifications
N cycles‡
FLASH.CLK†
(internal)
F1
F1
FLASH.CSx
F2
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F3
Valid
F4
FLASH.A[24:1]
F5
A1
F6
F7
D1
FLASH.D[15:0]
F8
F8
F9
F9
FLASH.ADV
FLASH.OE
FLASH.WE
†
FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as a reference to
express relative timings.
‡ Number of cycles is configurable via EMIFS setup registers.
Figure 5--7. Asynchronous Memory Read Timing
132
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
N cycles‡
M cycles‡
FLASH.CLK†
(internal)
F1
F1
FLASH.CSx
F2
F3
Valid
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F4
F5
FLASH.A[24:1]
A1
F6
FLASH.D[15:0]
F7
D1 lower
F6
F7
D1 upper
F8
F8
F9
F9
FLASH.ADV
FLASH.OE
FLASH.WE
†
FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as a reference to
express relative timings.
‡ Number of cycles is configurable via EMIFS setup registers.
Figure 5--8. Asynchronous 32-Bit Read
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
133
Electrical Specifications
P cycles‡
P cycles‡
M
cycles‡
P cycles‡
FLASH.CLK†
(internal)
F1
F1
FLASH.CSx
F2
F3
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F4
F5
FLASH.A[24:3]
A1
F4
F4
F5
FLASH.A[2:1]
Word 0
Word 1
F6
FLASH.D[15:0]
F5
Word 2
F6
F7
D1
Word 3
D2
D3
F7
D4
F8
F8
F9
F9
FLASH.ADV
FLASH.OE
FLASH.WE
†
FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as a reference to
express relative timings.
‡ Number of cycles is configurable via EMIFS setup registers.
Figure 5--9. Asynchronous Read -- Page Mode ROM
134
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
ADV width
N cycles‡
Wait-states
M cycles‡
WE width
P cycles‡
CS hold
Q cycles‡
FLASH.CLK†
(internal)
F1
F1
F2
F3
FLASH.CSx
Valid
FLASH.BE[1:0]
F4
F5
A1
FLASH.A[24:1]
F16
F13
F15
F14
D1
FLASH.D[15:0]
F8
F8
FLASH.ADV
FLASH.OE
F12
F12
FLASH.WE
†
FLASH.CLK is not driven during this mode of operation. The signal shown represents the internal FLASH.CLK signal given as a reference to
express relative timings.
‡ Number of cycles is configurable via EMIFS setup registers.
Figure 5--10. Asynchronous Memory Write Timing
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
135
Electrical Specifications
ADV width
N cycles‡
Wait-states
M cycles‡
CLK start
Q cycles‡
FLASH.CLK†
(external)
F1
F1
FLASH.CSx
F2
F3
FLASH.BE[1:0]
Valid
F4
FLASH.A[24:1]
F5
A1
F7
F6
FLASH.D[15:0]
F8
F8
D1
D2
F7
F6
D3
D4
FLASH.ADV
F17
F17
FLASH.BAA
F9
F9
FLASH.OE
FLASH.WE
†
‡
FLASH.CLK is only driven during the active portion of the cycle. For reference, the dashed line shows FLASH.CLK as if it were continuous.
Number of cycles is configurable via EMIFS setup registers.
Figure 5--11. Synchronous Burst Read
136
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.8.2 EMIFF/SDRAM Interface Timing
Table 5--12 and Table 5--13 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--12
through Figure 5--17).
Table 5--12. EMIFF/SDRAM Interface Timing Requirements†
DVDD4 = 1.8 V
Nominal
NO.
MIN
†
DVDD4 = 2.75 V
Nominal
MAX
MIN
MAX
DVDD4 = 3.3 V
Nominal
MIN
UNIT
MAX
SD7
tsu(DV-CLKH)
Setup time, read data valid before
SDRAM.CLK high
2
2
2
ns
SD8
th(CLKH-DV)
Hold time, read data valid after
SDRAM.CLK high
1
1
1
ns
Timing requirements are with the SD_RET field equal to 1 in the EMIFF configuration register.
Table 5--13. EMIFF/SDRAM Interface Switching Characteristics
NO.
PARAMETER
DVDD4 = 1.8 V
Nominal
MIN
‡
DVDD4 = 2.75 V
Nominal
MAX
MIN
MAX
DVDD4 = 3.3 V
Nominal
MIN
UNIT
MAX
SD1
tc(CLK)
Cycle time, SDRAM.CLK
H‡
H‡
H‡
ns
SD2
tw(CLK)
Pulse duration, SDRAM.CLK high/low
2.5
2.5
2.5
ns
SD3
td(CLKH-DQMV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.DQMx valid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD4
td(CLKH-DQMIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.DQMx invalid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD5
td(CLKH-AV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.A[12:0] address valid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD6
td(CLKH-AIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.A[12:0] address invalid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD9
td(CLKH-SDCASL)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.CAS low
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD10
td(CLKH-SDCASH)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.CAS high
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD11
td(CLKH-DV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.D[15:0] data valid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD12
td(CLKH-DIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.D[15:0] data invalid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD13
td(CLKH-SDWEL)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.WE low
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD14
td(CLKH-SDWEH)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.WE high
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD15
td(CLKH-BAV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.BA[1:0] valid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD16
td(CLKH-BAIV)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.BA[1:0] invalid
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD17
td(CLKH-RASL)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.RAS low
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
SD18
td(CLKH-RASH)
Delay time, SDRAM.CLK high to
SDRAM.RAS high
1.5
9
1.5
9
1.5
9
ns
H = 1/2 CPU cycle.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
137
Electrical Specifications
READ
READ
BURST TERMINATE
SDRAM.CLK
SD2
SD2
SDRAM.CKE
SD1
SD3
SDRAM.DQMx
SD5
SDRAM.A[12:0]
CA1
SD6
CA2
SD15
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SD16
Bank Address
SD7
D1
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SDRAM.RAS
SD9
SD8
D2
SD10
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5--12. 32-Bit (2 x 16-Bit) SDRAM RD (Read) Command (Active Row)
WRITE
WRITE
BURST
SDRAM.CLK
TERMINATE
SDRAM.CKE
SD3
SDRAM.DQMx
BE1
SD15
SDRAM.A[12:0]
CA1
SD4
BE2
SD16
CA2
SD15
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD16
Bank Address
SD11
D1
SD12
D2
SD9
SD10
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
SD13
SD14
Figure 5--13. 32-Bit (2 x 16-Bit) SDRAM WRT (Write) Command (Active Row)
138
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
ACTV
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SD5
SDRAM.A[12:0]
Row Address
SD15
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
Bank Activate
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD17
SD18
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5--14. SDRAM ACTV (Activate Row) Command
DCAB
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SDRAM.A[12:11, 9:0]
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD5
SD6
SD17
SD18
SD13
SD14
SDRAM.A[10]
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5--15. SDRAM DCAB (Precharge/Deactivate Row) Command
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
139
Electrical Specifications
REFR
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SDRAM.A[12:11, 9:0]
SDRAM.BAx
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SDRAM.A[10]
SD5
SD6
SD17
SD18
SD9
SD10
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5--16. SDRAM REFR (Refresh) Command
MRS
SDRAM.CLK
SDRAM.CKE
SDRAM.DQMx
SD5
SDRAM.A[9:0]
SD6
MRS Value
SDRAM.BA[1:0]
SDRAM.D[15:0]
SD5
SD6
SD17
SD18
SD9
SD10
SD13
SD14
SDRAM.A10
SDRAM.RAS
SDRAM.CAS
SDRAM.WE
Figure 5--17. SDRAM MRS (Mode Register Set) Command
140
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.9
Multichannel Buffered Serial Port (McBSP) Timings
5.9.1 McBSP Transmit and Receive Timings
Table 5--14 and Table 5--15 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--18 and
Figure 5--19). In Table 5--14 and Table 5--15, “ext” indicates that the device pin is configured as an input (slave)
driven by an external device and “int” indicates that the pin is configured as an output (master).
Table 5--14. McBSP Timing Requirements†‡
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
M11
tc(CKRX)
Cycle time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X ext
2P
ns
M12
tw(CKRX)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X high or CLKR/X low
CLKR/X ext
0.45P
ns
M13
M14
M15
M16
tr
tf
tsu(FRH-CKRL)
th(CKRL-FRH)
Rise time, CLKR/X, MCBSP2.FSR/X
Fall time, CLKR/X, MCBSP2.FSR/X
Setup time, external receiver frame sync (FSR/X)
high before CLKR/X low§
Hold time, external receiver frame sync (FSR/X) high
after CLKR/X low§
McBSP1
CLKR/X ext
12
McBSP2
CLKR/X ext,
MCBSP2.FS
R/X ext
12
McBSP3
CLKR/X ext
6
McBSP1
CLKR/X ext
12
McBSP2
CLKR/X ext,
MCBSP2.FS
R/X ext
12
McBSP3
CLKR/X ext
McBSP1
(FSX)
CLKX int§
25
CLKX ext§
31
McBSP2
(FSR)
CLKR int
25
CLKR ext
7
McBSP3
(FSX)
CLKX int§
24
CLKX ext§
15
McBSP1
(FSX)
CLKX int§
3
ext§
16
McBSP2
(FSR)
CLKR int
3
CLKR ext
3
McBSP3
(FSX)
CLKX int§
13
CLKX ext§
13
CLKX int§
21
McBSP1
M17
tsu(DRV-CKRL)
Setup time
time, DR valid before CLKR/X low§
McBSP2
McBSP3
CLKX
CLKX
ext§
ns
ns
6
ns
ns
3
CLKR int
22
CLKR ext
3
CLKX int§
19
CLKX ext§
10
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that signal are
also inverted.
‡ Regardless of whether MCBSP.CLKS is internally or externally clocked, P = 1/(DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, and
P= 1/(AMPER_CK) for McBSP2. See the OMAP5910 Dual--Core Processor Clock Generation and System Reset Management Reference
Guide (literature number SPRU678) for additional details.
§ For McBSP1 and McBSP2, the receiver clock and frame sync inputs are driven by FSX and CLKX via internal loopback connections enabled
via software configuration.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
141
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--14. McBSP Timing Requirements†‡ (Continued)
NO.
MIN
McBSP1
M18
th(CKRL-DRV)
Hold time
time, DR valid after CLKR/X low§
McBSP2
McBSP3
McBSP1
M19
tsu(FXH-CKXL)
Setup time,
time external FSX high before CLKX low
McBSP2
McBSP3
McBSP1
M20
th(CKXL-FXH)
Hold time
time, external FSX high after CLKX low
McBSP2
McBSP3
int§
3
CLKX ext§
3
CLKR int
3
CLKR ext
3
CLKX int§
3
CLKX ext§
3
CLKX
CLKX int
30
CLKX ext
25
CLKX int
28
CLKX ext
27
CLKX int
28
CLKX ext
27
CLKX int
3
CLKX ext
10
CLKX int
3
CLKX ext
3
CLKX int
3
CLKX ext
3
MAX
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that signal are
also inverted.
‡ Regardless of whether MCBSP.CLKS is internally or externally clocked, P = 1/(DSPXOR_CK) for McBSP1 and McBSP3, and
P= 1/(AMPER_CK) for McBSP2. See the OMAP5910 Dual--Core Processor Clock Generation and System Reset Management Reference
Guide (literature number SPRU678) for additional details.
§ For McBSP1 and McBSP2, the receiver clock and frame sync inputs are driven by FSX and CLKX via internal loopback connections enabled
via software configuration.
142
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--15. McBSP Switching Characteristics†‡§
PARAMETER
NO.
MIN
MAX
2
33
UNIT
M0
td(CKSH-CKRXH)
Delay time, CLKS high to CLKR/X high for internal
CLKR/X generated from CLKS input
M1
tc(CKRX)
Cycle time, CLKR/X
CLKR/X int
2P
M2
tw(CKRXH)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X high
CLKR/X int
0.45D
0.55D
ns
M3
tw(CKRXL)
Pulse duration, CLKR/X low
CLKR/X int
M4
td(CKRH-FRV)
Delay time
time, CLKR high to internal FSR valid
McBSP1
McBSP2
McBSP1
M5
td(CKXH-FXV)
Delay time,
time CLKX high to internal FSX valid
McBSP2
McBSP3
McBSP1
M7
td(CKXH-DXV)
Delay time, CLKX high to DX valid.
This applies to all bits except the first bit transmitted
when in Data Delay 0 (XDATDLY=00b) mode.
McBSP2
McBSP3
McBSP1
Delay time, FSX high to DX valid¶
M9
td(FXH-DXV)
Only
O
l applies
li to fifirst bi
bit transmitted
i d when
h iin D
Data
Delay 0 (XDATDLY=00b) mode.
mode
McBSP2
McBSP3
CLKR/X int
ns
ns
0.45C
0.55C
ns
CLKR int
--1
13
ns
CLKR ext
--3
24
ns
CLKX int
--4
13
CLKX ext
7
39
CLKX int
--1
4
CLKX ext
2
24
CLKX int
--1
9
CLKX ext
2
37
CLKX int
--2
7
CLKX ext
7
40
CLKX int
0
10
CLKX ext
3
27
CLKX int
--1
10
CLKX ext
1
16
FSX int
28
FSX ext
25
FSX int
30
FSX ext
27
FSX int
10
FSX ext
27
ns
ns
ns
†
Polarity bits CLKRP = CLKXP = FSRP = FSXP = 0. If the polarity of any of the signals is inverted, then the timing references of that signal are
also inverted.
‡ P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
§ T=CLKRX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C=CLKRX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even
D=CLKRX high pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2 + 1) * P when CLKGDV is even
¶ Only DXENA=0 is supported for all OMAP5910 McBSPs.
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
143
Electrical Specifications
MCBSP1.CLKS
M1, M11
M0
M2, M12
M13
M3, M12
CBSPx.CLKR/X†
M4
M4
M14
MCBSP2.FSR (int)
M13
MCBSPx.FSR/X†
(ext)
M14
M15
M16
M18
M17
MCBSPx.DR
(RDATDLY=00b)
Bit (n--1)
(n--2)
(n--3)
M17
M18
MCBSPx.DR
(RDATDLY=01b)
Bit (n--1)
(n--2)
M17
(n--3)
M18
MCBSPx.DR
(RDATDLY=10b)
†
(n--4)
Bit (n--1)
(n--2)
For McBSP1 and McBSP3, the receiver clock and frame sync inputs are driven by FSX and CLKX via internal loopback connections enabled
via software configuration. The M13 and M14 descriptors are applicable only to McBSP2.
Figure 5--18. McBSP Receive Timings
M1, M11
M2, M12
M13
M3, M12
M14
MCBSPx.CLKX
M5
M5
MCBSPx.FSX (int)
M19
MCBSPx.FSX
(ext)
MCBSPx.DX
(XDATDLY=00b)
M20
M9
Bit 0
M7
Bit (n--1)
(n--2)
M7
MCBSPx.DX
(XDATDLY=01b)
Bit 0
Bit (n--1)
(n--3)
(n--4)
(n--2)
(n--3)
M7
M7
MCBSPx.DX
(XDATDLY=10b)
Bit 0
Bit (n--1)
(n--2)
Figure 5--19. McBSP Transmit Timings
144
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.9.2 McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing
Table 5--16 to Table 5--23 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--20 through
Figure 5--23).
Table 5--16. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
MASTER
NO
NO.
MIN
M30
tsu(DRV-CKXL)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX low
M31
th(CKXL-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX low
MAX
M33
†
‡
tsu(BFXL
su(BFXL-CKXH)
CKXH)
tc(CKX)
Setup
S
t titime, MCBSPx.FSX
MCBSP FSX low
l
before
b f
MCBSPx.CLKX high
MIN
MAX
UNIT
15
2 -- 6P
ns
2
6 + 6P
ns
McBSP1
M32
SLAVE
21
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
10
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
2P
ns
16P
ns
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
Table 5--17. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
NO
NO.
MASTER§
PARAMETER
MIN
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
MAX
UNIT
M24
th(CKXL-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX low¶
0.45T
0.55T
ns
M25
td(FXL-CKXH)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX high#
0.45C
0.55C
ns
M26
td(CKXH-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX high to MCBSPx.DX valid
--1
7
M29
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
3P + 2
5P+ 18
ns
4P + 18
ns
†
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX should be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
‡
LSB
M33
MSB
M32
CLKX
M24
M25
FSX
M29
M26
DX
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M30
DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M31
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 5--20. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 0
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
145
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--18. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
MASTER
NO
NO.
†
‡
MIN
M39
tsu(DRV-CKXH)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX high
M40
th(CKXH-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX high
M41
tsu(FXL
su(FXL-CKXH)
CKXH)
Setup
S
t titime, MCBSPx.FSX
MCBSP FSX low
l
before
b f
MCBSPx.CLKX high
M42
tc(CKX)
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
15
2 -- 6P
ns
2
6 +6P
ns
McBSP1
21
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
ns
10
2P
16P
ns
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
Table 5--19. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0)†‡
NO
NO.
MASTER§
PARAMETER
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
UNIT
M34
th(CKXL-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX low¶
0.45C
0.55C
ns
M35
td(FXL-CKXH)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX high#
0.45T
0.55T
ns
M36
td(CKXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
M38
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
--1
7
3P + 2
D +20
5P + 18
ns
4P + 18
ns
†
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even
D = CLKX high pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2 + 1) * P when CLKGDV is even
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX should be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
‡
LSB
M42
MSB
M41
MCBSPx.CLKX
M34
M35
MCBSPx.FSX
M36
M38
MCBSPx.DX
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M39
MCBSPx.DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M40
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 5--21. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 0
146
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--20. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
NO
NO.
†
‡
MIN
M49
tsu(DRV-CKXH)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX high
M50
th(CKXH-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX high
M51
tsu(FXL
su(FXL-CKXL)
CKXL)
Setup
S
t titime, MCBSPx.FSX
MCBSP FSX low
l
before
b f
MCBSPx.CLKX low
M52
tc(CKX)
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
MASTER
MIN
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
15
2 -- 2P
ns
2
6 + 6P
ns
McBSP1
21
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
ns
10
2P
16P
ns
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the CPU clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
Table 5--21. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
NO
NO.
MASTER§
PARAMETER
MIN
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
M43
th(CKXH-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX high¶
0.45T
0.55T
ns
M44
td(FXL-CKXL)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX low#
0.45D
0.55D
ns
M45
td(CKXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
--1
7
M48
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
3P + 2
5P + 18
ns
4P + 18
ns
†
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
§ T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
D = CLKX high pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2 + 1) * P when CLKGDV is even
¶ FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
# MCBSPx.FSX should be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
‡
M52
MSB
M51
LSB
MCBSPx.CLKX
M43
M44
MCBSPx.FSX
M48
M45
MCBSPx.DX
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M49
MCBSPx.DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M50
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 5--22. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 10b, CLKXP = 1
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
147
Electrical Specifications
Table 5--22. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Timing Requirements (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
NO
NO.
†
‡
MIN
M58
tsu(DRV-CKXL)
Setup time, MCBSPx.DR valid before MCBSPx.CLKX low
M59
th(CKXL-DRV)
Hold time, MCBSPx.DR valid after MCBSPx.CLKX low
M60
tsu(FXL
su(FXL-CKXL)
CKXL)
Setup
S
t titime, MCBSPx.FSX
MCBSP FSX low
l
before
b f
MCBSPx.CLKX low
M61
tc(CKX)
Cycle time, MCBSPx.CLKX
MASTER
MIN
SLAVE
MAX
MIN
UNIT
MAX
15
2 -- 6P
ns
2
6 + 6P
ns
McBSP1
21
McBSP2
5
McBSP3
ns
10
2P
16P
ns
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
Table 5--23. McBSP as SPI Master or Slave Switching Characteristics (CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1)†‡
NO
NO.
†
‡
§
¶
#
MASTER§
PARAMETER
SLAVE
MIN
MAX
M53
th(CKXH-FXL)
Hold time, MCBSPx.FSX low after MCBSPx.CLKX
high¶
0.45D
0.55D
M54
td(FXL-CKXL)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.CLKX low#
0.45T
0.55T
M55
td(CKXH-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.CLKX high to MCBSPx.DX valid
--1
7
M57
td(FXL-DXV)
Delay time, MCBSPx.FSX low to MCBSPx.DX valid
MIN
UNIT
MAX
ns
ns
3P + 2
C + 20
5P + 18
ns
4P + 18
ns
For all SPI slave modes, CLKG is programmed as 1/2 of the internal reference clock by setting CLKSM = CLKGDV = 1.
P = 1/(Base frequency) for McBSP 1 and 3, or 1/(ARMPER_CK clock frequency) in ns for McBSP 2. Base frequency is 12 or 13 MHz.
T = CLKX period = (1 + CLKGDV) * P
C = CLKX low pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2) * P when CLKGDV is even
D = CLKX high pulse width = T/2 when CLKGDV is odd or zero and = (CLKGDV/2 + 1) * P when CLKGDV is even
FSRP = FSXP = 1. As a SPI master, MCBSPx.FSX is inverted to provide active-low slave-enable output. As a slave, the active-low signal input
on MCBSPx.FSX and MCBSPx.FSR is inverted before being used internally.
CLKXM = FSXM = 1, CLKRM = FSRM = 0 for master McBSP
CLKXM = CLKRM = FSXM = FSRM = 0 for slave McBSP
MCBSPx.FSX should be low before the rising edge of clock to enable slave devices and then begin a SPI transfer at the rising edge of the master
clock (MCBSPx.CLKX).
M60
LSB
MCBSPx.CLKX
M53
M61
MSB
M54
MCBSPx.FSX
M55
M57
MCBSPx.DX
Bit 0
Bit(n-1)
M58
MCBSPx.DR
Bit 0
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
M59
Bit(n-1)
(n-2)
(n-3)
(n-4)
Figure 5--23. McBSP Timing as SPI Master or Slave: CLKSTP = 11b, CLKXP = 1
148
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.10 Multichannel Serial Interface (MCSI)
Table 5--24 and Table 5--25 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--24 and
Figure 5--25).
Table 5--24. MCSI Timing Requirements
NO.
†
‡
MIN
MAX
UNIT
B‡
MHz
MC11
fop(CLK)
Operating frequency, MCSIx.CLK
Slave
MC12
tw(CLKH)
Pulse duration, MCSIx.CLK high
Slave
0.45P†
0.55P†
ns
0.45P†
0.55P†
ns
MC13
tw(CLKL)
Pulse duration, MCSIx.CLK low
Slave
MC14
tr(CLK)
Rise time, MCSIx.CLK
Slave
12
ns
MC15
tf(CLK)
Fall time, MCSIx.CLK
Slave
12
ns
MC16
tsu(FSH-CLKL)
Setup time
time, external MCSIx
MCSIx.SYNC
SYNC high before MCSIx
MCSIx.CLK
CLK low Slave
MC17
th(CLKL-FSH)
Hold time,
time external MCSIx
MCSIx.SYNC
SYNC high after MCSIx
MCSIx.CLK
CLK low
MC18
tsu(DIV-CLKL)
Setup time
time, MCSIx.DIN
MCSIx DIN valid before MCSIx
MCSIx.CLK
CLK low
MC19
th(CLKL-DIV)
Hold time
time, MCSIx
MCSIx.DIN
DIN valid after MCSIx
MCSIx.CLK
CLK low
18
ns
Slave
6
ns
Master
27
Slave
18
Master
0
Slave
6
ns
ns
P = MCSIx.CLK period [tc(CLK)] in nanoseconds.
B = Base frequency for OMAP5910 (12 or 13 MHz).
Table 5--25. MCSI Switching Characteristics
NO.
MC1
†
‡
PARAMETER
fop(CLK)
Operating frequency, MCSIx.CLK
MIN
Master
MAX
UNIT
0.5B‡
MHz
0.55P†
ns
MC2
tw(CLKH)
Pulse duration, MCSIx.CLK high
Master
0.45P†
MC3
tw(CLKL)
Pulse duration, MCSIx.CLK low
Master
0.45P†
0.55P†
ns
MC4
td(CLKH-FS)
Delay time
time, MCSIx.CLK
MCSIx CLK high to MCSIx
MCSIx.SYNC
SYNC transition
Master
0
5
ns
Master
0
5
Slave
2
30
Master
0
Slave
2
MC7
td(CLKH-DOV)
Delay time
time, MCSIx.CLK
MCSIx CLK high to MCSIx
MCSIx.DOUT
DOUT valid
MC8
ten(CLKH-DO)
Enable time,
time MCSIx.DOUT
MCSIx DOUT driven from MCSIx
MCSIx.CLK
CLK high
ns
ns
P = MCSIx.CLK period [tc(CLK)] in nanoseconds.
B = Base frequency for OMAP5910 (12 or 13 MHz).
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
149
Electrical Specifications
1/MC1
MC2
MC3
MCSIx.CLK
MC4
MC4
MCSIx.SYNC
(normal short)
MC4
MC4
MCSIx.SYNC
(alt. short)
MCSIx.SYNC
(normal long)
MC4
MC4
MC4
MC4
MCSIx.SYNC
(alt. long)
MC8
MC7
Bit (n)
MCSIx.DOUT
MC18
MC19
Bit (n)
MCSIx.DIN
(0)
(n--1)
(0)
(n--1)
MC18
MC19
Figure 5--24. MCSI Master Mode Timings
1/MC11
MC12
MC14
MC13
MCSIx.CLK
MCSIx.SYNC
(normal short)
MC17
MC16
MC15
MC16
MC17
MCSIx.SYNC
(alt. short)
MCSIx.SYNC
(normal long)
MC17
MC16
MC16
M17
MCSIx.SYNC
(alt. long)
MC7
MC8
Bit (n)
MCSIx.DOUT
MC18
MCSIx.DIN
(0)
(n--1)
MC19
Bit (n)
(n--1)
MC18
(0)
MC19
Figure 5--25. MCSI Slave Mode Timings
150
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.11 Camera Interface Timings
Table 5--26 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--26).
Table 5--26. Camera Interface Timing Requirements
NO.
MIN
MAX
UNIT
13
MHz
24
MHz
C1
1 / [ tc(LCKH--HSV) ]
Operating frequency, CAM.LCLK
C2
1 / [ tc(XCKH--HSV) ]
Operating frequency, CAM.EXCLK
C3
tw(LCK)
Pulse duration, CAM.LCLK high or low
C5
tsu(LCKH--DV)
Setup time, CAM.D[7:0] data valid before CAM.LCLK high
1‡
ns
ns
0.45P†
0.55P†
ns
C6
th(DV--LCKH)
Hold time, CAM.D[7:0] data valid after CAM.LCLK high
9‡
C7
tsu(LCKH--DV)
Setup time, CAM.VS/CAM.HS active before CAM.LCLK high
1‡
ns
Hold time, CAM.VS/CAM.HS active after CAM.LCLK high
9‡
ns
C8
th(DV--CLKH)
†
P = period of CAM.LCLK in nanoseconds (ns).
‡ Polarity of CAM.LCLK is selectable via the POLCLK bit in the CTRLCLOCK register. Although data is latched on rising CAM.LCLK in the timing
diagrams, these timing parameters also apply to falling CAM.LCLK when POLCLK = 1.
C1
C3
C3
CAM.LCLK
C7
C8
CAM.VS
C7
C8
CAM.HS
C6
C5
CAM.D[7:0]
U1
Y1
C5
V1
C6
Yn
Figure 5--26. Camera Interface Timings
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
151
Electrical Specifications
5.12 LCD Controller Timings
Table 5--27 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--27 and Figure 5--28).
Table 5--27. LCD Controller Switching Characteristics †
NO.
MIN
MAX
L1
td(CLKH--HSV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK high to LCD.HS transition
1
11
ns
L2
td(CLKL--HSV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK low to LCD.HS transition
1
11
ns
L3
td(CLKH--VSV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK high to LCD.VS transition
1
11
ns
L4
td(CLKL--VSV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK low to LCD.VS transition
1
11
ns
L5
td(CLKH--PV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK high to pixel data valid (LCD.P[15:0])
11
ns
L6
td(CLKH--PIV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK high to pixel data invalid (LCD.P[15:0])
L7
td(CLKL--PV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK low to pixel data valid (LCD.P[15:0])
L8
td(CLKL--PIV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK low to pixel data invalid (LCD.P[15:0])
1
L9
td(CLKL--ACV)
Delay time, LCD.PCLK high to LCD.AC transition
1
5+P‡
ns
1
5+P‡
ns
L10
PARAMETER
td(CLKL--ACV)
1
ns
11
Delay time, LCD.PCLK low to LCD.AC transition
UNIT
ns
ns
†
Although timing diagrams illustrate the logical function of the TFT mode, static timings apply to all supported modes of operation. Likewise,
LCD.HS, LCD.VS, and LCD.AC are shown as active-low, but each may optionally be configured as active-high.
‡ P = period of internal undivided pixel clock
VSW†
HSW†
VFP†
HFP†
HBP†
PPL†
LCD.PCLK
L4
LCD.VS
L2
L4
L2
LCD.HS
L5
LCD.P[15:0]
D1
L9
L6
D2
D3
Dn
L9
LCD.AC
†
Delays for HSW (LCD.HS Width), VSW (LCD.VS Width), VFP (Vertical Front Porch), HFP (Horizontal Front Porch), HBP (Horizontal Back Porch)
and PPL (Pixels per Line) are programmable in number of LCD.PCLK cycles via the LCD configuration registers.
Figure 5--27. TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Falling and LCD.Px on Rising LCD.PCLK)
152
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
VSW†
HSW†
VFP†
HFP†
HBP†
PPL†
LCD.PCLK
L3
L3
LCD.VS
L1
L1
LCD.HS
L7
LCD.P[15:0]
D1
L10
L8
D2
D3
Dn
L10
LCD.AC
†
Delays for HSW (LCD.HS Width), VSW (LCD.VS Width), VFP (Vertical Front Porch), HFP (Horizontal Front Porch), HBP (Horizontal Back Porch)
and PPL (Pixels per Line) are programmable in number of LCD.PCLK cycles via the LCD configuration registers.
Figure 5--28. TFT Mode (LCD.HS/LCD.VS on Rising and LCD.Px on Falling LCD.PCLK)
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
153
Electrical Specifications
5.13 Multimedia Card/Secure Digital (MMC/SD) Timings
Table 5--28 and Table 5--29 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--29
through Figure 5--32).
Table 5--28. MMC/SD Timing Requirements
NO.
MIN
M1
tsu(CMDV--CLKH)
Setup time, MMC.CMD valid before MMC.CLK high
M2
th(CLKH--CMDV)
Hold time, MMC.CMD invalid after MMC.CLK high
M3
tsu(DATV--CLKH)
Setup time, MMC.DATx valid before MMC.CLK high
M4
th(CLKH--DATV)
Hold time, MMC.DATx invalid after MMC.CLK high
MAX
UNIT
12
ns
2
ns
12
ns
2
ns
Table 5--29. MMC/SD Switching Characteristics
NO.
M7
†
PARAMETER
tc(CLK)
MIN
MAX
41.7
Cycle time,
time MMC.CLK
MMC CLK
UNIT
ns
5.31
us
M8
tw(CLKH)
Pulse Duration, MMC.CLK high
20†
M9
tw(CLKL)
Pulse Duration, MMC.CLK low
20†
M10
td(CLKH--CMD)
Delay time, MMC.CLK high to MMC.CMD transition
4
48
ns
M11
td(CLKH--DAT)
Delay time, MMC.CLK high to MMC.DATx transition
4
48
ns
ns
ns
MMC.CLK period and pulse duration depends upon software configuration.
M7
M9
M8
MMC.CLK
M10
MMC.CMD
M10
M10
Start
XMIT
Valid
Valid
Valid
M10
End
Figure 5--29. MMC/SD Host Command Timings
M7
MMC.CLK
M9
M8
M1
M1
M2
M2
MMC.CMD
Start XMIT
Valid
Valid
Valid
End
Figure 5--30. MMC/SD Card Response Timings
154
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
M7
M9
M8
MMC.CLK
M11
M11
M11
Start
MMC.DATx
D0
D1
D2
Dx
M11
End
Figure 5--31. MMC/SD Host Write Timings
M7
MMC.CLK
M9
M8
M3
M3
M4
M4
MMC.DATx
Start
D0
D1
D2
Dx
End
Figure 5--32. MMC/SD Host Read and Card CRC Status Timings
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
155
Electrical Specifications
5.14 I2C Timings
Table 5--30 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--33).
Table 5--30. I2C Signals (I2C.SDA and I2C.SCL) Switching Characteristics
NO.
STANDARD
MODE
PARAMETER
MIN
MAX
FAST
MODE
MIN
UNIT
MAX
IC1
tc(SCL)
Cycle time, I2C.SCL
10†
2.5
μs
IC2
tsu(SCLH-SDAL)
Setup time, I2C.SCL high before I2C.SDA low (for a repeated START
condition)
4.7
0.6
μs
IC3
th(SCLL-SDAL)
Hold time, I2C.SCL low after I2C.SDA low (for a repeated START
condition)
4
0.6
μs
IC4
tw(SCLL)
Pulse duration, I2C.SCL low
4.7
1.3
μs
IC5
tw(SCLH)
Pulse duration, I2C.SCL high
4
0.6
μs
IC6
tsu(SDA-SDLH)
Setup time, I2C.SDA valid before I2C.SCL high
IC7
th(SDA-SDLL)
Hold time, I2C.SDA valid after I2C.SCL low (for I2C bus devices)
250
IC8
tw(SDAH)
Pulse duration, I2C.SDA high between STOP and START conditions
‡
100
0
0
4.7
1.3
ns
0.9
μs
IC9
tr(SDA)
Rise time, I2C.SDA
1000
300
IC10
tr(SCL)
Rise time, I2C.SCL
1000
300
IC11
tf(SDA)
Fall time, I2C.SDA
300
300
IC12
tf(SCL)
Fall time, I2C.SCL
300
300
IC13
tsu(SCLH-SDAH)
Setup time, I2C.SCL high before I2C.SDA high (for STOP condition)
IC14
tw(SP)
Pulse duration, spike (must be suppressed)
IC15
Cb§
Capacitive load for each bus line
4.0
0.6
0
400
μs
ns
ns
μs
50
ns
400
pF
†
In the master-only I2C operating mode of OMAP5910, minimum cycle time for I2C.SCL is 12 μs.
The maximum th(SCLL-SDAL) has only to be met if the device does not stretch the low period (tw(SCLL)) of the I2C.SCL signal.
§ C = The total capacitance of one bus line in pF.
b
‡
I2C.SDA
IC6
IC8
IC4
IC14
IC13
IC5
IC10
I2C.SCL
IC1
IC12
IC3
IC2
IC7
IC3
Stop
Start
Repeated
Start
Stop
NOTES: A. A device must internally provide a hold time of at least 300 ns for the I2C.SDA signal (referred to the VIHmin of the I2C.SCL signal)
to bridge the undefined region of the falling edge of I2C.SCL.
B. The maximum th(SCLL--SDAL) has only to be met if the device does not stretch the LOW period (tw(SCLL)) of the I2C.SCL signal.
C. A Fast-mode I2C-bus device can be used in a standard-mode I2C-bus system, but the requirement tsu(SDA--SDLH) • 250 ns must then
be met. This is automatically the case if the device does not stretch the LOW period of the I2C.SCL signal. If such a device does
stretch the LOW period of the I2C.SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the I2C.SDA line tr max + tsu(SDA--SDLH) =
1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the standard-mode I2C-bus specification) before the I2C.SCL line is released.
D. Cb = total capacitance of one bus line in pF. If mixed with fast-mode devices, faster fall times are allowed.
Figure 5--33. I2C Timings
156
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.15 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Timings
All OMAP5910 USB interfaces are compliant with the Universal Serial Bus Specification, Revision 2.0.
Table 5--31 assumes testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--34).
Table 5--31. USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Switching Characteristics
NO.
LOW SPEED
1.5 Mbps
PARAMETER
FULL SPEED
12 Mbps
UNIT
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
U1
tr
Rise time, USB.DP and USB.DM signals†
75†
300†
4†
20†
ns
U2
tf
Fall time, USB.DP and USB.DM signals†
75†
300†
4†
20†
ns
80‡
125‡
90‡
111.11‡
%
matching‡
U3
tRFM
Rise/Fall time
U4
VCRS
Output signal cross-over voltage†
1.3†
2.0†
1.3†
2.0†
V
U5
tjr
Differential propagation jitter§
--25§
25§
--2§
2§
ns
U6
fop
Operating frequency¶
12
MHz
1.5
†
Low Speed: CL = 200 pF, Full Speed: CL = 50 pF
‡t
RFM = (tr/tf) x 100
§t
jr = tpx(1) -- tpx(0)
¶f
op = 1/tper
REF clock†
USB.DM
VCRS
USB.DP
tpx(0)
VOH
VOL
10%
U1
†
tpx(1)
tper -- tjr
90%
U2
“REF clock” is not an actual device signal, but an ideal reference clock against which relative timings are specified. REF clock is assumed to be
12 MHz for full-speed mode or 1.5 MHz for low-speed mode).
Figure 5--34. USB Integrated Transceiver Interface Timings
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
157
Electrical Specifications
5.16 MICROWIRE Interface Timings
Table 5--32 and Table 5--33 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--35).
Table 5--32. MICROWIRE Timing Requirements
NO.
W5
W6
†
MIN
tsu(SDI--SCLK)
th(SCLK--SDI)
Setup time, UWIRE.SDI valid before UWIRE.SCLK active edge†
Hold time, UWIRE.SDI invalid after UWIRE.SCLK active
edge†
MAX
UNIT
21
ns
6
ns
Polarity of UWIRE.SCLK and the active clock edge (rising or falling) on which SDO data is driven and SDI data is latched is all software
configurable. These timings apply to all configurations regardless of UWIRE.SCLK polarity and which clock edges are used to drive output data
and capture input data.
Table 5--33. MICROWIRE Switching Characteristics
NO.
PARAMETER
W1
fop(SCLK)
Operating Frequency, UWIRE.SCLK
W2
tw(SCLK)
Pulse Duration, UWIRE.SCLK high/low
W3
td(SCLK--SDO)
Delay time, UWIRE.SCLK active edge to UWIRE.SDO transition†
W4
td(CS--SCLK)
Delay time, UWIRE.CSx active to UWIRE.SCLK
active†
MIN
MAX
UNIT
3
MHz
0.45P‡
0.55P‡
ns
--3
6
ns
1.5P‡
ns
†
Polarity of UWIRE.SCLK and the active clock edge (rising or falling) on which SDO data is driven and SDI data is latched is all software
configurable. These timings apply to all configurations regardless of UWIRE.SCLK polarity and which clock edges are used to drive output data
and capture input data.
‡ P = UWIRE.SCLK cycle time in ns.
UWIRE.CSx
W2
W4
[1/W1]
W2
UWIRE.SCLK
W3
W3
UWIRE.SDO
Valid
Valid
Valid
W5
UWIRE.SDI
W4
W6
Valid
Valid
Valid
NOTE: The polarities of UWIRE.CSx and UWIRE.SCLK and the active UWIRE.SCLK edges on which SDO is driven and SDI is sampled are all
software configurable.
Figure 5--35. MICROWIRE Timings
158
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Electrical Specifications
5.17 HDQ/1-Wire Interface Timings
Table 5--34 and Table 5--35 assume testing over recommended operating conditions (see Figure 5--36
through Figure 5--39).
Table 5--34. HDQ/1-Wire Timing Requirements†
H1
tc
Cycle time, master read
H2
tv
Read one data valid after HDQ low
H3
tv
Read zero data hold after HDQ low
H4
†
tv
Response time from HDQ slave device
W1
tc
Cycle time, master read
W2
tv
Read data valid after HDQ low (master sample window)
W3
tdis
Recovery time after slave device inactive
MIN
MAX
UNIT
190
250
μs
32
50
μs
80
145
μs
OMAP5910 base
frequency = 12 MHz
190
320
μs
OMAP5910 base
frequency = 13 MHz
190
303
μs
190
12
μs
13.6
1
μs
μs
HDQ timing is OMAP5910 default. 1-Wire timing is selectable through software.
Table 5--35. HDQ/1-Wire Switching Characteristics
PARAMETER
H5
tc
Cycle time, master write
H6
td
Write one data valid after HDQ low
H7
td
Write zero
ero data hold after HDQ lo
low
H8
tw
Pulse width, HDQ low for break pulse (reset)
MIN
MAX
190
UNIT
μs
32
50
μs
OMAP5910 base
frequency = 12 MHz
100
145
μs
OMAP5910 base
frequency = 13 MHz
92
145
μs
190
μs
40
μs
190
μs
H9
tw
Pulse width, HDQ high for break pulse recovery
W4
tc
Cycle time, master write
W5
td
Write zero master inactive after HDQ low
15
90
μs
W6
td
Write one master inactive after HDQ low
1.1
1.4
μs
W7
tdis
Recovery time after master inactive
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
1
SPRS197D
μs
159
Electrical Specifications
Read 1
Read 0
HDQ
H2
H3
H1
Figure 5--36. OMAP5910 HDQ Interface Reading From HDQ Slave Device
Write 1
Write 0
HDQ
H6
H7
H5
Figure 5--37. OMAP5910 HDQ Interface Writing to HDQ Slave Device
Break
Command Byte
(Written by OMAP5910)
0
(LSB)
Data Byte
(Received by OMAP5910 from Slave)
Register Address
1
6
7
(MSB)
0
(LSB)
1
6
7
(MSB)
HDQ
H4
Figure 5--38. Typical Communication Between OMAP5910 HDQ and HDQ Slave
HDQ
H12
H9
H11
H8
Figure 5--39. HDQ/1-Wire Break (Reset) Timing
160
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Glossary
6
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
1-wire
a serial protocol defined by Dallas Semiconductor Corporation
AAC
Advanced Audio Coding (standard) (ISO/IEC 13818-7)
AC97
Interface Standard for Codecs
ALU
arithmetic/logic unit
AMR
Adaptive Multi-Rate
ASRAM
asynchronous static RAM
AU
address unit
BCD
binary coded decimal
BGA
ball grid array
CMOS
complementary metal oxide semiconductor
CP15
coprocessor 15
CRC
cyclic redundancy check
CSL
Chip Support Library
CTS
clear-to-send
DARAM
dual-access RAM
DCT
discrete cosine transform
DMA
direct memory access
DPLL
digital phase-locked loop
DSP
digital signal processor
DSPLIB
DSP Library
DSR
data-set-ready
DTR
data-terminal-ready
DU
data unit
EMIFF
external memory interface fast
EMIFS
external memory interface slow
EP
endpoint
ESD
electrostatic discharge
ETM
FAC
frame adjustment counter
FFT
Fast Fourier Transform
FIFO
first-in first out
FIQ
fast interrupt request
GPRS
General Packet Radio Service
GSM
Global System for Mobile Communications
H.26x
an ITU-TSS standard
HBM
Human Body Model
HBP
Horizontal Back Porch
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
161
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
HDQ
a single-wire serial interface protocol defined by Benchmarq™ Controls Inc.
HFP
Horizontal Front Porch
HOM
host-only mode
HS
high-speed
I-cache
instruction cache
I2C
Inter-integrated circuit
I2S
Inter-IC Sound (specification)
iDCT
Inverse Discrete Cosine Transform
I/F
interface
IFR
Interrupt Flag Register
IMGLIB
Image/Video Processing Library
IMIF
internal memory interface
IMR
Interrupt Mask Register
IOM-2
ISDN Oriented Modular Interface Revision 2
IrDA
infrared data adapter
IRQ
low-priority interrupt request
IU
instruction unit
JPEG
Joint Photographic Experts Group -- standard for compressed still-picture data
LB
local bus
LCD
liquid crystal display
LPG
LED pulse generator
LSB
least significant bit
LVCMOS
low-voltage CMOS
MAC
multiply-accumulate
MCSI
multichannel serial interface
McBSP
multichannel buffered serial port
MMC
multimedia card
MMC/SD
multimedia card/secure digital
MMU
memory management unit
MPEG
Moving Picture Experts Group -- proposed standard for compressed video data
MPU
microprocessor unit
MPUI
microprocessor unit interface
MPUIO
microprocessor unit I/O
MSB
most significant bit
MVIP
multi-vendor integration protocol
ODM
original design manufacturer
OEM
original equipment manufacturer
OHCI
Open Host Controller Interface
OS
operating system
Benchmarq is a trademark of Texas Instruments.
162
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
Glossary
ACRONYM
DEFINITION
PPL
pixels per line
PU
program unit
PWL
pulse-width light
PWT
pulse-width tone
RISC
reduced instruction set computer
RTC
real-time clock
RTS
request-to-send
SAM
shared-access mode
SARAM
single-access RAM
SD
secure digital
SDRAM
synchronous dynamic RAM
SDW
short distance wireless
SIR
slow infrared
SPI
serial peripheral interface
SRAM
static RAM
SRG
Sample Rate Generator
STN
super twisted nematic
T1/E1
T1 is a digital transmission link with a capacity of 1.544 Mbps. It uses two pairs of normal twisted-wires and can handle 24-voice conversations, each digitized using mu-law
coding at 64 kbps. T1 is used in USA, Canada, Hong Kong, and Japan. E1 is a digital
transmission link with a capacity of 2.048 Mbps. It is the European equivalent of T1. It
can handle 30-voice conversations, each digitized using A-law coding at 64 kbps.
TAP
test access port
TC
traffic controller
TFT
thin-film transistor
TI
Texas Instruments
TIPB
TI peripheral bus
TLB
Translation Look-Aside Buffer
TTB
Translation Table Base
UART
universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
ULPD
ultra low-power device
URL
uniform resource locator
USB
universal serial bus
USB2.0
Universal Serial Bus Specification Revision 2.0
VFP
Vertical Front Porch
VIVT
virtual index virtual tag
WB
write buffer
WDT
watchdog timer
WMA
Windows Media Audio
WMV
Windows Media Video
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
SPRS197D
163
Mechanical Data
7
Mechanical Data
The following mechanical package diagram(s) reflect the most current released mechanical data available
for the designated device(s).
164
SPRS197D
August 2002 -- Revised August 2004
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
5-Jun-2013
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package Pins Package
Drawing
Qty
OMAP5910GGZG2
OBSOLETE
BGA
MICROSTAR
GZG
289
OMAP5910JGDY1
OBSOLETE
BGA
GDY
289
OMAP5910JGDY2
NRND
BGA
GDY
289
OMAP5910JGZG1
OBSOLETE
BGA
MICROSTAR
GZG
289
OMAP5910JGZG2
ACTIVE
BGA
MICROSTAR
GZG
289
OMAP5910JZDY2
NRND
BGA
ZDY
OMAP5910JZZG2
NRND
BGA
MICROSTAR
ZZG
Eco Plan
Lead/Ball Finish
(2)
MSL Peak Temp
Op Temp (°C)
(3)
Device Marking
(4/5)
TBD
Call TI
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
TBD
SNPB
Level-3-220C-168 HR
TBD
Call TI
Call TI
OMAP5910JGZG1
OMAP
TM
128
TBD
SNPB
Level-4-220C-72 HR
OMAP5910JGZG2
OMAP
TM
289
84
Pb-Free
(RoHS)
SNAGCU
Level-3-260C-168 HR
OMAP5910J
OMAP
ZDY2
289
160
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
SNAGCU
Level-4-260C-72 HR
OMAP5910JZZG2
OMAP
TM
84
Call TI
OMAP5910J
OMAP
GDY2
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. -- The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
Addendum-Page 1
Samples
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
(4)
5-Jun-2013
There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.
(5)
Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 2
MECHANICAL DATA
MPBG179A – FEBRUARY 2001 – REVISED JANUARY 2002
GZG (S-PBGA-N289)
PLASTIC BALL GRID ARRAY
12,10
SQ
11,90
10,00 TYP
0,50
V
T
P
M
K
H
F
D
B
A1 Corner
AA
W
U
0,50
Y
R
N
L
J
G
E
C
A
1
3
2
5
4
7
6
9 11 13 15 17 19 21
8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Bottom View
0,95
0,85
1,20 MAX
Seating Plane
0,35
0,25
∅ 0,05 M
0,30
0,20
0,08
4173512-6/D 11/01
NOTES: A. All linear dimensions are in millimeters.
B. This drawing is subject to change without notice.
C. MicroStar BGA configuration
MicroStar BGA is a trademark of Texas Instruments.
POST OFFICE BOX 655303
• DALLAS, TEXAS 75265
1
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46, latest issue, and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48, latest
issue. Buyers should obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and
complete. All semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale
supplied at the time of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components as meeting ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. In any case of use of
non-designated products, TI will not be responsible for any failure to meet ISO/TS16949.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation
www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom
www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Applications Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2013, Texas Instruments Incorporated